Automation Control Equipment

Automation Control Equipment Main Catalogue Edition 9/07 Industrial Shock Absorbers Safety Shock Absorbers ew Models TUBUS Bumpers Rotary Dampers Dampers/ Feed Controls Industrial Gas Springs ew Models

Major Customers 2 2 Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com

Editorial Dear Reader, This catalogue presents all aspects of damping and deceleration methods you need to reduce harmful and destructive energies effectively. ACE offers coordinated deceleration systems that help you to attain increased productivity, longer service life, greater power and speeds for your drives, motors, or systems. ACE maintains its position as the Market Leader in motion control technology and sets the trend towards smaller and higher performance control components. 3 Please note the of ACE throughout the catalogue. It will point out advantages and new products. EW page 19 EW page 13 MC5M The Powerful Mini With a weight of only 3 g and a total length of 34 mm, the new MC5 absorbs up to 0.7 m energy per stroke. Brilliant Support is offered by the new standard gas springs made of stainless steel. They round off the series of V2A (1.4305) spring with diameters from 15 mm to 40 mm and extension forces of 40 to 5000. PLEASE OTE: not contained in this catalogue, but important for your innovative products! Special catalogues for ACE-LOCKED clamping elements and ACE-SLAB damping plates Last year the product series ACE-LOCKED and ACE-SLAB were presented as part of on-going and new developments. The new ACE-LOCKED series rounds off the range of safety elements. It contains pneumatic clamping and braking systems for linear guides, rods, piston rods, axes and shafts. The innovative ACE-SLAB damping plates made of PUR offer new prospects when it comes to damping, vibration insulation and noise reduction. Ask for our special catalogues on page 147 and get to know our new products! All rights to the production, trade names, design and illustrations of this catalogue are reserved. o part of this publication may be reproduced, copied or printed without permission; violations will be prosecuted. Construction, dimensions and specifications of ACE products are subject to change. Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 3

Index General Industrial Shock Absorbers Safety Shock Absorbers TUBUS Profile Dampers Rotary Dampers The calculation bases have been developed over 40 years, tested in cooperation with universities and successfully confirmed in thousands of individual cases. User-friendly software solutions are provided free of charge as support. Sales are focused on customer benefits and cover a large range of services through a trained network of distribution partners, technical sales representatives and professional office duty staff. Industrial shock absorbers are used as hydraulic machine components for slowing down moving loads with minimal machine load. ACE shock absorbers are characterized by the use of the most recent and innovative technologies such as the piston tube, stretch or rolling diaphragm technique. Thus, the shock absorbers offer the highest service life in connection with high energy absorption. Safety shock absorbers are used to provide security in emergency stop applications. Auto warehouse units, conveyors, or crane equipment, they are an inexpensive alternative to industrial shock absorbers. Safety shock absorbers are maintenance-free, selfcontained and constructed with an integrated positive stop. They feature an integrated diaphragm accumulator or work with a compressed nitrogen bladder. ACE offers The innovative TUBUS profile dampers are a cost-efficient alternative for emergency stop applications. They are made from a special co-polyester elastomer. They constantly absorb energies in areas in which other materials fail. The excellent damping characteristics are achieved as a result of the special elastomer material and the worldwide-patented design. The profile dampers are constructed to absorb the emerging The rotary damper is a maintenance-free machine component for controlling rotary or linear motion. ACE rotary dampers ensure a controlled opening of small lids, flaps and drawers. The harmonic, soft motion sequence protects sensitive components and increases the quality and value of the product. Technical advice, design, documentation, construction support, CAD library and on-site or telephone training are all available. ACE industrial shock absorbers are machine components that are easy to use and also flexible in use with their multitude of optional parts. safety shock absorbers with strokes from 15 to 10 mm. At the same time we calculate and manufacture the layout of the damping orifices for your individual requirements. energy with a damping curve that is declining (TA-series), almost linear (TS-series) or progressive (TR-series). The TUBUS series comprises five main types with over 0 individual models. Hydraulic Dampers and Feed Controls Hydraulic dampers are infinitely adjustable and provide accurate feed rate control. They are ideal for sawing, grinding and boring machines. security element, they prevent the sudden retraction of devices. Feed controls are used to control traverse rates. They can control the parallel feed in both directions or be used as a compensating element for moving loads. As a Industrial Gas Springs Gas springs (push type) can be used with all applications in which the lifting and lowering of loads must be controlled. They support manual forces and are used to control the lifting and lowering of lids, flaps, hoods etc. They are maintenance-free, self-contained and deliverable ex stock. Their integral grease chamber provides a lower breakout force, reduced friction and extremely long life. Industrial traction gas springs are effective in the pulling direction. Both units are fitted with a valve. This allows matching to the required force for any application. 4 Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com

Your advantages: Calculation safety Low customer expenditure Construction safety High additional benefits Operational support service Supplementary services All products from one source Free of charge Small reaction forces Made from one piece models Major customers Editorial Unbeatable range Unbeatable range Technical support Function of shock absorbers Conventional damping systems Comparison of design and function Formulae and calculations Capacity chart 2 3 6 7 9 11-13 - 15-17 Your advantages: Safe and reliable production High service life of the machine Lightweight and low cost construction Low operating costs Quiet and economic machines Low machine load Increased profits High service life Low strain on machines Innovative technology Continuously adjustable ew areas of application High-capacity Shortest cycle times Suited for clean room technology Low profile Useful hints MC5 to 600 SC190 to 925 SC 2 -Series MA30 to 900 Accessories M5 to M25 MAGUM-Series Air/Oil tanks and installation hints Special shock absorbers CA2 to 4 and A11/2 to 3 Installation and application examples 1-21 EW 22-23 24-25 26-27 2-35 36-46 47-4 49 50-55 56-59 Your advantages: Optimal machine protection Lightweight and low cost construction Maximum traverse paths State-of-the-art damping technology Almost universally applicable Always ready to use Small package size Maximum stroke length Customised performance Robust and self-contained SCS300 to 650 SCS33 to 64 SCS3 to 63 CB63 to 0 Operating instructions Application examples 60-61 62-65 66-69 70-73 74 75 Your advantages: Inexpensive Small and light construction Space-saving design Production safety Usable with temperatures from -40 C to 90 C Resistant to grease, oils, petrol, microbes, chemicals, sea-water Compact design Soft contact characteristics For crane equipment Production safety TA to 1 TS14 to 7 TR29 to 0 TR-L29 to 1 TC64 to 176 Profile dampers overview Application examples 76-77 7-79 0-1 2-3 4-5 6 7 Your advantages: Maintenance-free and self-contained Safe motion Design-oriented Economical construction Broad range of application Increased value of your product thanks to high component quality Miniature Medium-damping torque Compact design Metal body High-damping torque Adjustable Low profile design FRT-E2 and FRT-G2 FRT/FR-C2 and -D2 FY-P1 and FY-1 FY-U1 and FY-K1 FRT/FR-K2, FRT/FR-F2 and FFD FYT/FY-H1 and -LA3 FDT and FD Calculations and accessories Application examples - 9 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 Your advantages with hydraulic dampers: Sensitive adjustment Immediately deliverable from stock Stick-slip-free Shorter processing times Your advantages with feed controls: Constant speed rates Standard version, ex stock Bi-directional damping Easy to mount Precision feed controls Easy to mount Dual feed speed Without free travel Long stroke adjustable damper User-friendly Door dampers VC25 FA, MA and MVC Application examples DVC HBS-2 to 70 HB- to 70 Adjustment instructions HBS/HB TD-2 and TDE-2 Application examples 9-99 0-1 1 2-3 4-7 - 114 115 1 117 Your advantages: Immediately deliverable from stock with valve Individual filling by valve technology Calculation program for individual design Maintenance-free o customer construction expenditure Fully adjustable Pull type gas springs Suited for clean room technology Easy installation Function, calculation and mounting tips GS- to 70 GZ-19 to 2 Stainless steel gas springs Acc s for gas springs and feed controls Application examples otes Fax request 11-2 3-131 132-133 134-139 EW 140-143 144 145-146 147 Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 5

6 Industrial Shock Absorbers An Unbeatable Range Finest Available www.acecontrols-int.com Sizes from 5 to 190 mm dia. Stroke lengths from 4.1 to 406 mm increase production reduce wear and tear minimise down time save money Safety Shock Absorbers Sizes from to 230 mm dia. Stroke lengths from 15 to 10 mm increase safety minimise risk prevent damage reduce repair costs peace of mind TUBUS Bumpers Sizes from to 176 mm dia. Stroke lengths from 5 to 19 mm increase safety compact size prevent damage special elastomer peace of mind 6 Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com

An Unbeatable Range Finest Available www.acecontrols-int.com Industrial Gas Springs 7 Sizes from to 70 mm body dia. Stroke lengths from to 00 mm increase safety fingertip control reduce operator effort gain peace of mind Hydraulic Dampers and Feed Controls Sizes from to 70 mm body dia. Stroke lengths from to 00 mm increased control improved product finish reduce running costs increase accuracy Rotary Dampers Sizes from to 0 mm body dia. Rotary damping about 5 to 360 controlled rotary motion high quality damping low cost improved feel of product Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 7

Technical Support Finest Available www.acecontrols-int.com Up-to-date, Product Information, ews, Technical Advice, Application Enquiry E-mail Service and Local Distributor Contact Details 2D and 3D CAD Viewer Online Shock Absorber Selection Program In-house Shock Absorber Unique Application Simulation Service Shock Absorber Selection Program In-house Gas Spring Application Geometry and Selection Service Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com

Shock Absorber Function Virtually all manufacturing processes involve movement of some kind. In production machinery this can involve linear transfers, rotary index motions, fast feeds etc. At some point these motions change direction or come to a stop. Any moving object possesses kinetic energy as a result of its motion and if the object changes direction or is brought to rest, the dissipation of this kinetic energy can result in destructive shock forces within the structural and operating parts of the machine. Kinetic energy increases as the square of the speed and the heavier the object, or the faster it travels, the more energy it has. An increase in production rates is only possible by dissipating this kinetic energy smoothly and thereby eliminating destructive deceleration forces. Older methods of energy absorption such as rubber buffers, springs, hydraulic dashpots and cylinder cushions do not provide this required smooth deceleration characteristic they are non linear and produce high peak forces at some point during their stroke. The optimum solution is achieved by an ACE industrial shock absorber. This utilises a series of metering orifices spaced throughout its stroke length and provides a constant linear deceleration with the lowest possible reaction force in the shortest stopping time. ACE Controlled Linear Deceleration 9 ACE demo showing a wine glass dropping free fall 1.3 m. Decelerated by an ACE shock absorber not a drop of wine is spilled. Stopping with Rubber Buffers, Springs, Dashpots or Cylinder Cushions Result Raw Material Rubber Buffer Finished Product Production Scrap Loss of Production Machine Damage Increased Maintenance Costs Increased Operating oise Higher Machine Construction Costs Stopping with ACE Shock Absorbers ACE Shock Absorber Production Raw Material ACE Shock Absorber Finished Product Your Advantages Increased Production Increased Operating Life of the Machine Improved Machine Efficiency Reduced Construction Costs of the Machine Reduced Maintenance Costs Reduced oise Pollution Reduced Energy Costs Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 9

Comparison of Damping Systems Stopping Force () Comparison Hydraulic Dashpot Pneumatic Cylinder- Cushions Springs or Rubber Buffers 1. Hydraulic Dashpot (High stopping force at start of the stroke). With only one metering orifice the moving load is abruptly slowed down at the start of the stroke. The braking force rises to a very high peak at the start of the stroke (giving high shock loads) and then falls away rapidly. 2. Springs and Rubber Buffers (High stopping forces at end of stroke). At full compression. Also they store energy rather than dissipating it, causing the load to rebound back again. ACE Industrial Shock Absorbers 3. Air Buffers, Pneumatic Cylinder Cushions (High stopping force at end of stroke). Due to the compressibility of air these have a sharply rising force characteristic towards the end of the stroke. The majority of the energy is absorbed near the end of the stroke. Stopping Stroke 4. ACE Industrial Shock Absorbers (Uniform stopping force through the entire stroke). The moving load is smoothly and gently brought to rest by a constant resisting force throughout the entire shock absorber stroke. The load is decelerated with the lowest possible force in the shortest possible time eliminating damaging force peaks and shock damage to machines and equipment. This is a linear deceleration force stroke curve and is the curve provided by ACE industrial shock absorbers. In addition they considerably reduce noise pollution. Energy Capacity Reaction Force (Stopping Force) Stopping Time ACE Shock Absorber Hydraulic Dashpot ACE Shock Absorber Force () Force () Q v (m/s) t Hydraulic Dashpot ACE Shock Absorber t Hydraulic Dashpot Q Stopping Stroke Stopping Stroke Stopping Time Assumption: Same maximum reaction force. Result: The ACE shock absorber can absorb considerably more energy (represented by the area under the curve). Your advantage: By installing an ACE shock absorber production rates can be more than doubled without increasing deceleration forces or reaction forces on the machine. Assumption: Same energy absorption (area under the curve). Result: The reaction force transmitted by the ACE shock absorber is very much lower. Your advantage: By installing the ACE shock absorber the machine wear and maintenance can be drastically reduced. Assumption: Same energy absorption. Result: The ACE shock absorber stops the moving load in a much shorter time. Your advantage: By installing an ACE shock absorber cycle times are reduced giving much higher production rates. Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com

Comparison of Design and Function Comparison of Design Pressure Chamber Piston O-Ring Accumulator U-Cup/Rod Wiper Piston Tube Rolling Diaphragm Seal 11 Standard Design of ACE Miniature Shock Absorbers These miniature shock absorbers have a static pressure chamber. The dynamic piston forces the hydraulic oil to escape through the metering orifices. The displaced oil is absorbed by the accumulator. A static seal system containing a U-cup and a wiper seals the shock absorber internally. The outer body and the pressure chamber are fully machined from solid with closed rear end. ACE Design for Higher Demands ACE Piston Tube Technology: The increased volume of displaced hydraulic oil provides 0% more energy absorption capacity in comparison with the standard design. The wider effective weight range enables these dampers to cover a much wider range of applications. The piston and inner tube are combined into a single component. ACE Stretch and Rolling Diaphragm System: By the proven dynamic ACE rolling diaphragm seal system the shock absorber becomes hermetically sealed and provides up to 25 million cycles. The rolling diaphragm seal allows direct installation into the end cover of pneumatic cylinders (up to 7 bar). These technologies are used separately or combined on the MC150M to MC600M, SC 2 25M to SC 2 650M, SCS300 to SCS650 and on the models MC30M-Z and MA150M. General Function v = 2 m/s v = 1.5 m/s v = 1 m/s v = 0.5 m/s v = 0 m/s * The load velocity reduces continuously as you travel through the stroke due to the reduction in the number of metering orifices (*) in action. The internal pressure remains essentially constant and thus the force vs. stroke curve remains linear. F = Force () p = Internal pressure (bar) s = Stroke (m) t = Deceleration time (s ) v = Velocity (m/s) *4 *3 *2 *1 *0 p = 400 bar p = 400 bar p = 400 bar p = 400 bar p = 0 bar F/p v s/t Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 11 t

Built in Safety Industrial shock absorbers and automobile braking systems have two crucial functional similarities: 1. Both should bring a moving mass quickly and safely to rest without any recoil or bounce back. 2. Both must never suddenly fail without warning. ACE industrial shock absorbers are built to the highest quality. Shock absorber bodies and inner pressure chambers are fully machined from solid high tensile alloy steel. This gives a completely closed end one-piece pressure chamber with no seals or circlips being necessary. The advantage of this design concept is that the ACE shock absorber is able to withstand much higher internal pressures or overload without damage, giving a very high safety margin. The chance of a sudden failure due to overload etc. is effectively ruled out. Piston Rod high tensile steel hardened and corrosion resistant. Bearing maintenance free, self-lubricating and self-retaining. Seals only one dynamic seal. Hermetically sealed rolling diaphragm sealing system. Piston Tube with integral piston check valve and metering orifi ces. Fully machined from solid with closed rear end to withstand internal pressures up to 00 bar. Shock Absorber Body heavy construction massively built one-piece body with closed rear end. Fully machined from solid steel to ensure total reliability. Self-Compensating Industrial Shock Absorbers are maintenance free, self-contained hydraulic devices with multiple metering orifices which extend through the complete stroke length. After the moving load contacts the shock absorber the piston moves back creating an immediate pressure rise in the pressure chamber. The hydraulic oil behind the piston can initially escape through all the metering orifices. The number of metering orifices in action decreases proportionally to the distance travelled through the stroke. The impact velocity of the moving load is smoothly reduced. The internal pressure and thus the reaction force (Q) remain essentially constant thoughout the complete stroke length providing a constant deceleration rate or: Linear Deceleration Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com

Formulae and Calculations Free Computer Selection Software Available See Page 147 ACE shock absorbers provide linear deceleration and are therefore superior to other kinds of damping element. It is easy to calculate around 90 % of applications knowing only the following 5 parameters: Key to symbols used W 1 Kinetic energy per cycle m W 2 Propelling force energy per cycle m W 3 Total energy per cycle (W1 + W 2 ) m 1 W 4 Total energy per hour (W 3 c) m/hr me Effective weight kg m Mass to be decelerated kg n umber of shock absorbers (in parallel) 2 v Velocity of moving mass m/s 2 v D Impact velocity at shock absorber m/s ω Angular velocity rads/s F Propelling force c Cycles per hour 1/hr P Motor power kw 1 All mentioned values of W 4 in the capacity charts are only valid for room temperature. There are reduced values at higher temperature ranges. 2 v or v D is the fi nal impact velocity of the mass. With accelerating motion the fi nal impact velocity can be 1.5 to 2 times higher than the average. Please take this into account when calculating kinetic energy. 1 Mass without propelling force Formulae Example W 1 = m. v 2. 0.5 m = 0 kg W 2 = 0 v = 1.5 m/s W 3 = W 1 + W 2 c = 500 /hr W 4 = W. 3 c s = 0.050 m (chosen) v D = v me = m 2 Mass with propelling force Formulae Example W 1 = m. v 2. 0.5 m = 36 kg W 2 = F. s 1 v = 1.5 m/s W 3 = W 1 + W 2 F = 400 W 4 = W. 3 c c = 00 /hr v D = v s = 0.025 m (chosen) me = 2. W 3 2 v D 2.1 for vertical motion upwards W 2 = (F m. g). s 2.2 for vertical motion downwards W 2 = (F + m. g). s 3 Mass with motor drive Formulae Example W 1 = m. v 2. 0.5 W 2 = 00. P. ST. s v W 3 = W 1 + W 2 W 4 = W. 3 c v D = v me = 2. W3 2 v D 1. Mass to be decelerated (weight) m (kg) 2. Impact velocity at shock absorber v D (m/s) 3. Propelling force F () 4. Cycles per hour c (/h) 5. umber of absorbers in parallel n 3 ST Stall torque factor (normally 2.5) 1 to 3 M Propelling torque m I Moment of inertia kgm 2 g Acceleration due to gravity = 9.1 m/s 2 h Drop height excl. shock absorber stroke m s Shock absorber stroke m L/R/r Radius m Q Reaction force µ Coefficient of friction t Deceleration time s a Deceleration m/s 2 α Side load angle β Angle of incline m = 00 kg v = 1.2 m/s ST = 2.5 P = 4 kw c = 0 /hr s = 0.0 m (chosen) ote: 4 Mass on driven rollers Formulae Example W 1 = m. v 2. 0.5 W 2 = m. µ. g. s W 3 = W 1 + W 2 5 Swinging mass with propelling torque W 4 = W. 3 c v D = v me = 2. W 3 2 v D Formulae W 1 = m. v 2. 0.5 = 0.5. I. ω 2 W 2 = M. s R W 3 = W 1 + W 2 W 4 = W 3. c v D = v. R = ω. R L W 2 = 2. W 3 v D 2 3 ST =^ relation between starting torque and running torque of the motor (depending on the design) In all the following examples the choice of shock absorbers made from the capacity chart is based upon the values of (W 3), (W 4 ), (me) and the desired shock absorber stroke (s). m = 250 kg v = 1.5 m/s c = 10 /hr (Steel/Steel) µ = 0.2 s = 0.050 m (chosen) Example m = kg v = 1 m/s M = 50 m R = 0.5 m L = 0. m c = 1500 /hr s = 0.0 m (chosen) W 1 = 0. 1.5 2. 0.5 = 113 m W 2 = 0 W 3 = 113 + 0 = 113 m W 4 = 113. 500 = 56 500 m/hr me = m = 0 kg Chosen from capacity chart: Model MC3350M-2 self-compensating W 1 = 36. 1.5 2. 0.5 = 41 m W 2 = 400. 0.025 = m W 3 = 41 + = 51 m W 4 = 51. 00 = 51 000 m/hr me = 2. 51 : 1.5 2 = 45 kg Chosen from capacity chart: Model MC600M self-compensating 1 v is the final impact velocity of the mass: With pneumatically propelled systems this can be 1.5 to 2 times the average velocity. Please take this into account when calculating energy. W 1 = 00. 1.2 2. 0.5 = 576 m W 2 = 00. 4. 2.5. 0.1 : 1.2 = 34 m W 3 = 576 + 34 = 14 m W 4 = 14. 0 = 141 000 m/hr me = 2. 14 : 1.2 2 = 195 kg Chosen from capacity chart: Model MC640M-2 self-compensating Do not forget to include the rotational energy of motor, coupling and gearbox into calculation for W 1. W 1 = 250. 1.5 2. 0.5 = 21 m W 2 = 250. 0.2. 9.1. 0.05 = 25 m W 3 = 21 + 25 = 306 m W 4 = 306. 10 = 5500 m/hr me = 2. 306 : 1.5 2 = 272 kg Chosen from capacity chart: Model MC4550M-2 self-compensating W 1 =. 1 2. 0.5 = m W 2 = 50. 0.0 : 0.5 = 1.2 m W 3 = + 1.2 = 11.2 m W 4 = 306. 10 = 00 m/hr v D = 1. 0.5 : 0. = 0.63 kg me = 2. 11.2 : 0.63 2 = 56 kg Chosen from capacity chart: Model MC150MH self-compensating Check the side load angle, tan α = s/r, with regard to Max. Side Load Angle in the capacity chart (see example 6.2) Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 13 13

Formulae and Calculations 14 6 Free falling mass Formulae W 1 = m. g. h W 2 = m. g. s W 3 = W 1 + W 2 W 4 = W 3. c v D = 2. g. h me = 2. W3 v D 2 Example m = 30 kg h = 0.5 m c = 400 /hr s = 0.050 m (chosen) W 1 = 30. 0.5. 9.1 = 147 m W 2 = 30. 9.1. 0.05 = 15 m W 3 = 147 + 15 = 2 m W 4 = 2. 400 = 64 00 m/hr v D = 2. 9.1. 0.5 = 3.13 m/s me = 2. 2 3.13 2 = 33 kg Chosen from capacity chart: Model MC3350M-1 self-compensating 6.1 Mass rolling/sliding down incline 6.1a propelling force up incline 6.1b propelling force down incline 7 Rotary index table with propelling torque ote: Formulae given are only valid for circular table with uniform weight distribution. Formulae W 1 = m. g. h = m. v D 2. 0.5 W 2 = m. g. sinβ. s W 3 = W 1 + W 2 W 4 = W3. c v D = 2. g. h me = 2. W3 v D 2 W 2 = (F m. g. sinβ). s W 2 = (F + m. g. sinβ). s Formulae W 1 = m. v 2. 0.25 = 0.5. I. ω 2 W 2 = M. s R W 3 = W 1 + W 2 W 4 = W 3. c v D = v. R = ω. R L me = 2. W 3 v D 2 6.2 Mass free falling about a pivot point Calculation as per example 6.1 except W 2 = 0 W 1 = m. g. h v D = 2. g. h. R L Example m = 00 kg v = 1.1 m/s M = 00 m s = 0.050 m (chosen) L = 1.25 m R = 0. m c = 0 /hr Side load angle from shock absorber axis tan α = s R Check the side load angle, tan α = s/r, with regard to Max. Side Load Angle in the capacity chart W 1 = 00. 1.1 2. 0.25 = 303 m W 2 = 300. 0.025 : 0. = 63 m W 3 = 2 + 9 = 366 m W 4 = 37. 10 = 36 600 m/hr v D = 1. 0. = 0.7 m/s me = 2. 37 : 0. 2 = 1494 kg Chosen from capacity chart: Model MC4550M-3 self-compensating Check the side load angle, tan α = s/r, with regard to Max. Side Load Angle in the capacity chart (see example 6.2) Swinging arm with propelling torque (uniform weight distribution) 9 Swinging arm with propelling force (uniform weight distribution) Mass lowered at controlled speed Reaction force Q () Q = 1.5. W 3 s Formulae W 1 = m. v 2. 0.17 = 0.5. I. ω 2 W 2 = M. s R W 3 = W 1 + W 2 W 4 = W 3. c v D = v. R = ω. R L me = 2. W 3 v D 2 Formulae W 1 = m. v 2. 0.17 = 0.5. I. ω 2 W 2 = F. r. s M. s R = R W 3 = W 1 + W 2 W 4 = W. 3 c v D = v. R = ω. R L me = 2. W 3 2 v D Formulae W 1 = m. v 2. 0.5 W 2 = m. g. s W 3 = W 1 + W 2 W 4 = W. 3 c v D = v me = 2. W3 2 v D Stopping time t (s) Example I = 56 kgm 2 ω = 1 rad/s M = 300 m s = 0.025 m (chosen) L = 1.5 m R = 0. m c = 10 /hr Example m = 00 kg v = 2 m/s F = 7000 M = 40 m s r = 0.6 m R = 0. m L = 1.2 m c = 900 /hr = 0.050 m (chosen) Example m = 6000 kg v = 1.5 m/s s = 0.305 m (chosen) c = 60 /hr t = 2.6. s v D W 1 = 0.5. 56. 1 2 = 2 m W 2 = 300. 0.025 : 0. = 9 m W 3 = 2 + 9 = 37 m W 4 = 37. 10 = 44 400 m/hr v D = 1. 0. = 0. m/s me = 2. 37 : 0. 2 = 1 kg Chosen from capacity chart: Model MC600M self-compensating Check the side load angle, tan α = s/r, with regard to Max. Side Load Angle in the capacity chart (see example 6.2) W 1 = 00. 2 2. 0.17 = 60 m W 2 = 7000. 0.6. 0.05 : 0. = 263 m W 3 = 60 + 263 = 943 m W 4 = 943. 900 = 4 700 m/hr v D = 2. 0. : 1,2 = 1.33 m/s me = 2. 943 : 1.33 2 = 66 kg Chosen from capacity chart: Model CA2x2-1 self-compensating W 1 = 6000. 1.5 2. 0.5 = 6 750 m W 2 = 6000. 9.1. 0.305 = 17 952 m W 3 = 6750 + 17 952 = 24 702 m W 4 = 24702. 60 = 1 42 1 m/hr me = 2. 24702 : 1.5 2 = 21 957 kg Chosen from capacity chart: Model CA3x-2 self-compensating Deceleration rate a (m/s 2 ) a = 0.75. v D 2 s Approximate values assuming correct adjustment. Add safety margin if necessary. (Exact values will depend upon actual application data and can be provided on request.) 14 Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com

Formulae and Calculations 19 Wagon against 2 shock absorbers Formulae W 1 = m. v 2. 0.25 W 2 = F. s W 3 = W 1 + W 2 W 4 = W 3. c v D = v 1 + v 2 me = 2. W3 v D 2 Example m = 5000 kg v = 2 m/s c = /hr F = 3500 s = 0.150 m (chosen) W 1 = 5000. 2 2. 0.25 = 5 000 m W 2 = 3500. 0.150 = 525 m W 3 = 5000 + 525 = 5 525 m W 4 = 5525. = 55 250 m/hr v D = 2 : 2 = 1 m/s me = 2. 5525 : 1 2 = 11 050 kg Chosen from capacity chart: Model CA2x6-2 self-compensating 15 Wagon against wagon Formulae W 1 = m 1. m2. (v 1 +v 2 ) 2. 0.5 (m 1 +m 2 ) W 2 = F. s W 3 = W 1 + W 2 W 4 = W. 3 c v D = v 1 + v 2 me = 2. W3 2 v D Example m = 7000 kg v 1 = 1.2 m/s c = /hr m 2 = 000 kg v 2 = 0.5 m/s F = 5000 s = 0.7 m (chosen) W1 = 7000. 000. 1.7 2. 0.5 = 5 950 m (7000+000) W 2 = 5000. 0.7 = 635 m W 3 = 5950 + 635 = 6 55 m W 4 = 655. = 131 700 m/hr v D = 1.2 + 0.5 = 1.7 m/s me = 2. 655 : 1.7 2 = 4 557 kg Chosen from capacity chart: Model CA3x5-1 self-compensating 21 Wagon against wagon 2 shock absorbers Formulae W 1 = m 1. m2. (v1 +v 2 ) 2. 0.5 (m 1 +m 2 ) W 2 = F. s W 3 = W 1 + W2 2 W 4 = W. 3 c v D = v 1 + v 2 2 me = 2. W 3 2 v D Example m = 7000 kg v 1 = 1.2 m/s x = /hr m 2 = 000 kg v 2 = 0.5 m/s F = 5000 s = 0.0 m (chosen) W1 =7000. 000. 1.7 2. 0.5 = (7000+000) 5 950 m W 2 = 5000. 0.0 = 500 m W 3 = (5950 : 2) + 500 = 3 475 m W 4 = 3475. = 69 500 m/hr v D = (1.2 + 0.5) : 2 = 0.5 m/s me = 2. 3475 : 0.5 2 = 9 619 kg Chosen from capacity chart: Model CA2x4-2 self-compensating ote: When using several shock absorbers in parallel, the values (W 3 ), (W 4 ) and (me) are divided according to the number of units used. Effective Weight (me) A Mass without propelling force Example C Formula me = m Mass without propelling force direct against shock absorber Formula me = m m = 0 kg v = v = 2 m/s W 1 = W 3 = 0 m me = 2. 0 = 0 kg 4 me = m Example m = kg v D = v = 2 m/s s = 0.1 m W 1 = W 3 = 40 m me = 2. 40 = kg 2 2 B D Mass with propelling force Formula me = 2. W 3 2 v D Mass without propelling force with mechanical advantage Formula me = 2. W 3 2 v D Example m = 0 kg F = 00 v D = v = 2 m/s s = 0.1 m W 1 = 0 m W 2 = 0 m W 3 = 400 m me = 2. 400 = 0 kg 4 Example m = kg v = 2 m/s v D = 0.5 m/s s = 0.1 m W 1 = W 3 = 40 m me = 2. 40 = 3 kg 0.5 2 The effective weight (me) can either be the same as the actual weight (examples A and C), or it can be an imaginary weight representing a combination of the propelling force or lever action plus the actual weight (examples B and D). Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 15

Shock Absorber Capacity Chart Self-Compensating Shock Absorbers Capacity Chart Energy Capacity Effective Weight Energy Capacity Effective Weight Type Part umber Stroke mm W 3 m/cycle Self-Compensating me min. me max. kg kg Page Type Part umber Stroke mm W 3 m/cycle Self-Compensating me min. me max. kg kg Page MC5M-1-B 4 0.6 0.5 4.4 19 MC5M-2-B 4 0.6 3.. 19 MC5M-3-B 4 0.6 9.7 1,7 19 MC9M-1-B 5 1 0.6 3.2 19 MC9M-2-B 5 1 0. 4.1 19 MCML-B 5 1.25 0.3 2.7 19 MCMH-B 5 1.25 0.7 5 19 MC30M-1 3.500.4 1.9 19 MC30M-2 3.50 1. 5.4 19 MC30M-3 3.50 5 15 19 MC25ML 6 2.0 0.7 2.2 19 MC25M 6 2.01. 5.4 19 MC25MH 6 2.0 4.6 13.6 19 MC75M-1 9 0.3 1.1 19 MC75M-2 9 0.9 4. 19 MC75M-3 9 2.7 36.2 19 MC150M 0.9 21 MC150MH.6 6 21 MC150MH2 70 0 21 MC150MH3 11 40 21 MC225M 41 2.3 25 21 MC225MH 41 23 230 21 MC225MH2 41 10 9 21 MC225MH3 41 1 14 21 MC600M 25 136 9 136 21 MC600MH 25 136 113 1 130 21 MC600MH2 25 136 400 2 300 21 MC600MH3 25 136 2 177 4 536 21 SC25M-5 1 5 25 SC25M-6 4 44 25 SC25M-7 42 500 25 SC75M-5 1 25 SC75M-6 7 7 25 SC75M-7 75 00 25 SC190M-0 25 0.7 4 23 SC190M-1 25 1.4 7 23 SC190M-2 25 3.6 1 23 SC190M-3 25 9 45 23 SC190M-4 25 23 2 23 SC190M-5 31 2 25 SC190M-6 31 13 140 25 SC190M-7 31 136 1 550 25 SC300M-0 19 33 0.7 4 23 SC300M-1 19 33 1.4 23 SC300M-2 19 33 4.5 27 23 SC300M-3 19 33 14 2 23 SC300M-4 19 33 32 4 23 SC300M-5 15 73 11 45 25 SC300M-6 15 73 34 136 25 SC300M-7 15 73 91 11 25 SC300M- 15 73 135 60 25 SC300M-9 15 73 3 1 950 25 SC650M-0 25 73 2.3 14 23 SC650M-1 25 73 45 23 SC650M-2 25 73 23 136 23 SC650M-3 25 73 6 40 23 SC650M-4 25 73 4 1 10 23 SC650M-5 23 2 23 113 25 SC650M-6 23 2 90 360 25 SC650M-7 23 2 3 1 090 25 SC650M- 23 2 770 2 630 25 SC650M-9 23 2 1 00 6 350 25 SC925M-0 40 1 4.5 29 23 SC925M-1 40 1 14 90 23 SC925M-2 40 1 40 272 23 SC925M-3 40 1 113 726 23 SC925M-4 40 1 340 2 0 23 MC3325M-0 25 155 3 11 3 MC3325M-1 25 155 9 40 3 MC3325M-2 25 155 30 1 3 MC3325M-3 25 155 0 4 3 MC3325M-4 25 155 350 1 4 3 MC3350M-0 50 3 5 22 3 MC3350M-1 50 3 1 70 3 MC3350M-2 50 3 60 250 3 MC3350M-3 50 3 2 40 3 MC3350M-4 50 3 7 2 30 3 MC4525M-0 25 340 7 27 40 MC4525M-1 25 340 90 40 MC4525M-2 25 340 0 3 40 MC4525M-3 25 340 260 1 050 40 MC4525M-4 25 340 90 3 540 40 MC4550M-0 50 60 13 54 40 MC4550M-1 50 60 45 10 40 MC4550M-2 50 60 150 6 40 MC4550M-3 50 60 5 2 090 40 MC4550M-4 50 60 1 00 7 0 40 MC4575M-0 75 1 0 0 40 MC4575M-1 75 1 0 70 270 40 MC4575M-2 75 1 0 230 930 40 MC4575M-3 75 1 0 790 3 140 40 MC4575M-4 75 1 0 2 650 600 40 MC6450M-0 50 1 700 35 140 42 MC6450M-1 50 1 700 140 540 42 MC6450M-2 50 1 700 460 1 50 42 MC6450M-3 50 1 700 1 600 6 300 42 MC6450M-4 50 1 700 5 300 21 0 42 MC640M-0 0 3 400 70 20 42 MC640M-1 0 3 400 270 1 0 42 MC640M-2 0 3 400 930 3 700 42 MC640M-3 0 3 400 3 150 600 42 MC640M-4 0 3 400 600 42 500 42 MC64150M-0 150 5 0 0 460 42 MC64150M-1 150 5 0 4 1 640 42 MC64150M-2 150 5 0 1 390 5 600 42 MC64150M-3 150 5 0 4 700 1 00 42 MC64150M-4 150 5 0 000 63 700 42 CA2x2-1 50 3 600 700 2 0 53 CA2x2-2 50 3 600 1 00 5 400 53 CA2x2-3 50 3 600 4 500 13 600 53 CA2x2-4 50 3 600 11 300 34000 53 CA2x4-1 2 7 0 1 400 4 400 53 CA2x4-2 2 7 0 3 600 11 000 53 CA2x4-3 2 7 0 9 0 270 53 CA2x4-4 2 7 0 22 600 6 000 53 CA2x6-1 152 00 2 0 6 500 53 CA2x6-2 152 00 5 400 300 53 CA2x6-3 152 00 13 600 40 00 53 CA2x6-4 152 00 34 000 2 000 53 CA2x-1 3 14 500 2 900 700 53 CA2x-2 3 14 500 7 0 21 700 53 CA2x-3 3 14 500 1 0 54 400 53 CA2x-4 3 14 500 45 300 136 000 53 CA2x-1 254 1 000 3 600 11 000 53 CA2x-2 254 1 000 9 0 27 0 53 CA2x-3 254 1 000 22 600 6 000 53 CA2x-4 254 1 000 56 600 170 000 53 CA3x5-1 7 14 5 2 900 700 54 CA3x5-2 7 14 5 7 250 21 700 54 CA3x5-3 7 14 5 1 0 54 350 54 CA3x5-4 7 14 5 45 300 135 900 54 CA3x-1 3 22 600 4 650 13 900 54 CA3x-2 3 22 600 11 600 3400 54 CA3x-3 3 22 600 29 000 7 000 54 CA3x-4 3 22 600 72 500 217 000 54 CA3x-1 305 33 900 6 950 900 54 CA3x-2 305 33 900 17 400 52 0 54 CA3x-3 305 33 900 43 500 130 450 54 CA3x-4 305 33 900 700 326 000 54 CA4x6-3 152 47 500 3 500 600 55 CA4x6-5 152 47 500 600 1 600 55 CA4x6-7 152 47 500 1 600 42 700 55 CA4x-3 3 63 300 5 000 11 400 55 CA4x-5 3 63 300 11 400 25 000 55 CA4x-7 3 63 300 25 000 57 000 55 CA4x-3 406 6 500 000 23 000 55 CA4x-5 406 6 500 23 000 50 000 55 CA4x-7 406 6 500 50 000 115 000 55 Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com

Shock Absorber Capacity Chart Adjustable Shock Absorbers Capacity Chart Type Part umber Stroke mm W 3 m/cycle Max. Energy Capacity m Self-Contained W 4 m/h me min. kg Effective Weight me Adjustable MA30M 3.5 5 650 0.23 15 27 FA0VD-B 1. 3 600 0.2 27 MA50M 7 5.5 13 550 4.5 27 MA35M 4 6 000 6 57 27 MA150M 22 35 000 1 9 27 MA225M 19 25 45 000 2.3 226 27 MA600M 25 6 6 000 9 1 360 27 MA900M 40 0 90 000 14 2 040 27 MA3325M 25 170 75 000 9 1 700 3 ML3325M 25 170 75 000 300 50 000 3 MA3350M 50 340 5 000 13 2 500 3 ML3350M 50 340 5 000 500 0000 3 MA4525M 25 390 7 000 40 000 40 ML4525M 25 390 7 000 3 000 1000 40 MA4550M 50 70 1 000 70 14 500 40 ML4550M 50 70 1 000 5 000 10 000 40 MA4575M 75 1 170 146 000 70 15 000 40 ML6425M 25 1 0 4 000 7 000 300 000 42 MA6450M 50 2 040 146 000 2 50 000 42 ML6450M 50 2 040 146 000 11 000 500 000 42 MA640M 0 4 00 192 000 270 52 000 42 MA64150M 150 6 1 24 000 330 0 000 42 A11/2x2 50 2 350 362 000 195 32 000 52 A11/2x31/2 9 4 150 633 000 21 36 000 52 A11/2x5 7 5 900 904 000 227 41 000 52 A11/2x61/2 5 7 700 1 10 000 30 45 000 52 A2x2 50 3 600 1 0 000 250 77 000 53 A2x4 2 9 000 1 350 000 250 2 000 53 A2x6 152 13 500 1 600 000 260 6 000 53 A2x 3 19 0 1 900 000 260 90 000 53 A2x 254 23 700 2 0 000 3 113 000 53 A3x5 7 15 00 2 260 000 40 154 000 54 A3x 3 2 0 3 600 000 540 11 500 54 A3x 305 44 000 5 400 000 6 4 000 54 me max. kg Page 17 Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 17

Miniature Shock Absorbers MC5 to MC75 Self-Compensating 1 ACE Miniature Shock Absorbers are maintenance free, self-contained hydraulic components. The model range MC5 to MC75 have a very short overall length and a low return force. The shock absorber is filled with a temperature stable oil and has an integrated positive stop. They are ideally suited for small, fast, handling equipment, rotary actutators, pick and place mechanisms and similar small automation equipment. A wide choice of metering hardnesses enable these units to cover applications with effective weights ranging from 0.3 kg to 36 kg. ew: Miniature shock absorber MC5M with thread size M5! Elastomer Insert (MC25M and MC75M) Piston Rod The MC30M-Z model enables direct installation inside a pneumatic pressure chamber (up to 7 bar), due to the innovative ACE stretch membrane. Positive Stop Main Bearing Accumulator Piston Return Spring Pressure Chamber Outer Body Impact velocity range: Ensure that effective weight of application is within the range of the unit chosen. Special range units available on request. Material: Shock absorber body: Steel with black oxide finish. Accessories: Steel with black oxide finish or nitride hardened. Hardened stainless steel piston rod. Locknut MC5 and MC9: Aluminium. W 4 capacity rating: (max. energy per hour m/hr) If your application exceeds the tabulated W 4 figures consider additional cooling i. e. cylinder exhaust air etc. Ask ACE for further details. Mounting: In any position. If precise end position datum is required consider use of the optional stop collar type AH. Operating temperature range: 0 C to 65 C On request: the MC Series are available with weartec finish (seawater resistant) or other special finishes. 1 Slot

Miniature Shock Absorbers MC5 to MC75 Self-Compensating MC5M Ø 1,5 1 Hub 2,5 M5x0,5 SW 2,5 2,4 Stroke AF Ø 4,1 3,3 26,1 Accessories, mounting, installation... see pages 30 to 35. EW MB5SC2 M5x0,5 M3 3 Breite Thickness mm Mounting Block MC9M Ø 2 2 Hub 2,5 M6x0,5 SW 2,5 2,7 Stroke AF Ø 5 4, 26 Accessories, mounting, installation... see pages 30 to 35. RF6 M6x0,5 5 M3x 14 Rectangular Flange MB6SC2 M6x0,5 M3 3 Breite Thickness mm Mounting Block 19 MC30M for use on new installations MCM still available in future Ø 2,5 2 Hub 4,1 Mx1 SW 3 2,5 Stroke AF Ø 6,4 40,9 13,1 (62*) Dims. in ( ) add Suffix: -Z, type for direct installation inside a pressure chamber. Accessories, mounting, installation... see pages 30 to 35. MC25M 5 Mx1 SW5 AF5 SW AF 43 4 5 Ø 3,2 3 6,6 14,6 Accessories, mounting, installation... see pages 30 to 35. MC75M 5 Mx1 SW14 AF14 5 3 52 Accessories, mounting, installation... see pages 30 to 35. Available without rod end button on request. Capacity Chart Max. Energy Capacity Type W 3 m/cycle W 4 m/h Ø 7,6 Ø 3,2 3 1 Ø 7,6 Effective Weight me Self-Compensating me min. me max. kg kg Min. Return Force 5 Mx1 SW AF 3 2,5 Mx0.75 also available to order Ø 2 2 Ø 4, 5 MC5M-1-B 0.6 2 040 0.5 4.4 1 5 0.2 2 0.003 MC5M-2-B 0.6 2 040 3.. 1 5 0.2 2 0.003 MC5M-3-B 0.6 2 040 9.7 1.7 1 5 0.2 2 0.003 MC9M-1-B 1 2 000 0.6 3.2 1.3 3.7 0.3 2 0.005 MC9M-2-B 1 2 000 0. 4.1 1.3 3.7 0.3 2 0.005 MCML-B 1.25 4 000 0.3 2.7 2 4 0.6 3 0.0 MCMH-B 1.25 4 000 0.7 5 2 4 0.6 3 0.0 MC30M-1 3.5 5 600 0.4 1.9 1.7 5.3 0.3 2 0.0 MC30M-2 3.5 5 600 1. 5.4 1.7 5.3 0.3 2 0.0 MC30M-3 3.5 5 600 5 15 1.7 5.3 0.3 2 0.0 MC25ML 2. 22 600 0.7 2.2 3 60.3 2 0.0 MC25M 2. 22 600 1. 5.4 3 6 0.3 2 0.0 MC25MH 2. 22 600 4.6 13,6 3 6 0.3 2 0.0 MC75M-1 9 2 0 0.3 1.1 4 9 0.3 2 0.030 MC75M-2 9 2 0 0.9 4. 4 9 0.3 2 0.030 MC75M-3 9 2 0 2.7 36.2 4 9 0.3 2 0.030 1 For applications with higher side load angles consider using the side load adaptor (BV) pages 30 and 34. Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 19 RF M4x 6 Mx1 2 Rectangular Flange RF M5x 6 Mx1 24 32 Rectangular Flange Max. Return Force 14 Rod Reset Time s 2 MBSC2 Mx1 14 M4 3,5 25 Breite Thickness mm Mounting Block MB M5 32 Clamp Mount 1 Max. Side Load Angle Mx1 4,5 Breite Thickness mm Weight kg

Miniature Shock Absorbers MC150 to MC600 Self-Compensating ACE Miniature Shock Absorbers are maintenance free, self-contained hydraulic components. The hermetically sealed rolling diaphragm seal system used on the MC150 to MC600 model range provides the highest possible cycle lifetime; up to 25 million cycles being achievable. All models incorporate an integral positive stop. The rolling diaphragm seal provides an exremely low rod return force. These models can be directly mounted into the end cover of pneumatic cylinders (up to 7 bar) to provide superior end damping compared to normal cylinder cushions. By adding the optional side load adaptor it is possible to accept side loads up to 25 from the axis. The wide range of models available ensure a seamless range of operation on applications with effective weights ranging from 0.9 kg up to 4 536 kg by selecting the appropriate model. Rolling diaphragm seal system up to 25 million cycles possible! Piston Rod Outer Body Main Bearing Rolling Diaphragm Seal Diaphragm Locator O-Ring Piston with Integral Positive Stop Pressure Chamber with Metering Orifices Internal Hex Socket Impact velocity range: Ensure that effective weight of application is within the range of the unit chosen. Special range units available on request. Material: Shock absorber body: itride hardened steel. Hardened stainless steel piston rod. Accessories: Steel with black oxide finish or nitride hardened. Rolling diaphragm seal: EPDM. ote seal not compatible with petroleum based fluids. If unit to be used in contact with such fluids specify neoprene rolling seal (on request) or use air bleed adaptor Type SP. W 4 capacity rating: (max. energy per hour m/hr) If your application exceeds the tabulated W 4 figures consider additional cooling i. e. cylinder exhaust air etc. Ask ACE for further details. Mounting: In any position. If precise end position datum is required consider use of the optional stop collar type AH. Operating temperature range: 0 C to 66 C On request: Stainless Steel outer body. Weartec finish (seawater resistant). Other finishes available to special order.

Miniature Shock Absorbers MC150 to MC600 Self-Compensating MC150M Ø 4, 7,2 SW6 AF6 M14x1,5 6 AF17 SW17,5 69,1 17,5 M14x1 also available to special order Accessories, mounting, installation... see pages 31 to 35. MC225M Ø 6,3 7,2 SW AF Mx1,5 AF23 SW23,5 79,2 17,5 Accessories, mounting, installation... see pages 31 to 35. MC600M Ø 7,3 SW AF M25x1,5 AF30 SW30 25,4 1,3 31,6 M27x3 also available to special order Accessories, mounting, installation... see pages 31 to 35. PP150 RF14 MB14 Ø Ø 4, 9,4 4,7 ylon Button W 3 max = 14 m M5x 6 26 34 Rectangular Flange M14x1,5 PP225 RF MB Ø17 Ø 6,3, 3,9 ylon Button W 3 max = 33 m M6x14 36 46 Rectangular Flange Mx1,5 PP600 RF25 MB25 Ø23 Ø,6 5,4 ylon Button W 3 max = 6 m M6x14 42 52 Rectangular Flange M25x1,5 32 32 M5 32 Clamp Mount M6 2 40 Clamp Mount M6 34 46 Clamp Mount M14x1,5 Mx1,5 M25x1,5 4,5 Breite Thickness mm 25 6 Breite Thickness mm 32 6 Breite Thickness 25 mm 21 Capacity Chart Max. Energy Capacity Type W 3 m/cycle W 4 m/h Effective Weight me Self-Compensating me min. me max. kg kg Min. Return Force Max. Return Force Rod Reset Time s 1 Max. Side Load Angle MC150M 34 000 0.9 3 5 0.4 4 0.06 MC150MH 34 000.6 6 3 5 0.4 4 0.06 MC150MH2 34 000 70 0 3 5 0.4 4 0.06 MC150MH3 34 000 11 40 3 5 1 4 0.06 MC225M 41 45 000 2.3 25 4 6 0.3 4 0.15 MC225MH 41 45 000 23 230 4 6 0.3 4 0.15 MC225MH2 41 45 000 10 9 4 6 0.3 4 0.15 MC225MH3 41 45 000 1 14 4 6 0.3 4 0.15 MC600M 136 6 000 9 136 5 9 0.6 2 0.26 MC600MH 136 6 000 113 1 130 5 9 0.6 2 0.26 MC600MH2 136 6 000 400 2 300 5 9 0.6 2 0.26 MC600MH3 136 6 000 2 177 4 536 5 9 0.6 2 0.26 1 For applications with higher side load angles consider using the side load adaptor (BV) pages 30 to 34. Weight kg Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 21

Miniature Shock Absorbers SC190 to SC925 Soft-Contact and Self-Compensating 22 ACE Miniature Shock Absorbers are maintenance free, self-contained hydraulic components. The SC-Series provide dual performance benefits. They provide soft contact deceleration where initial impact reaction forces are very low with the advantages of self-compensation to cope with changing input energy conditions without adjustment. They have long stroke lengths to provide smooth deceleration and low reaction forces. They have an integrated mechanical stop and are ideal for use on handling equipment, linear transfers, rodless cylinders and pneumatic pick and place systems etc. The overlapping operating ranges enable the SC Series to handle effective weights ranging 0.7 kg up to kg. With the optional side load adaptor fitted they can cope with the side loads up to 25. The SC Series units are fully interchangeable with the adjustable MA range providing customer choice. Piston Rod Positive Stop Rod Seals Main Bearing Accumulator Piston Piston Check Valve Pressure Chamber with Metering Orifices Return Spring Outer Body 22 Impact velocity range: Ensure that effective weight of application is within the range of the unit chosen. Special range units available on request. Material: Shock absorber body: itride hardened steel. Accessories: Steel with black oxide finish or nitride hardened. Piston rod: Hardened stainless steel. W 4 capacity rating: (max. energy per hour m/hr) If your application exceeds the tabulated W 4 figures consider additional cooling i.e. cylinder exhaust air etc. Ask ACE for further details. Mounting: In any position. If precise end position datum is required consider use of the optional stop collar type AH. Operating temperature range: 0 C to 66 C On request: Weartec finish (seawater resistent). Other special finishes available to special order.

Miniature Shock Absorbers SC190 to SC925 Soft-Contact and Self-Compensating SC190M 7 M14x1,5 AF SW 6 7,7 4 AF17 SW17 M14x1 and Mx1 also available to special order Accessories, mounting, installation... see pages 31 to 35. Ø 4 27 4,6 Ø RF14 M14x1,5 6 M5x 26 34 Rectangular Flange MB14 M14x1,5 M5 4,5 32 Breite Thickness mm Clamp Mount SC300M 7 Mx1,5 AF1 SW1 7,4 M22x1.5 also available to special order Accessories, mounting, installation... see pages 31 to 35. 1,7 Ø 4, 4,6 AF23 SW23 19 Ø 17 30 RF Mx1,5 M6x14 32 36 46 Rectangular Flange MB Mx1,5 25 M6 2 6 40 Breite Thickness mm Clamp Mount 23 SC650M 7 M25x1,5 AF23 SW23 6,6 M26x1.5 also available to special order Accessories, mounting, installation... see pages 32 to 35. Ø 6,3 2 AF30 SW30 25,4 36,4 4,6 Ø 23 RF25 M25x1,5 M6x14 32 42 52 Rectangular Flange MB25 M25x1,5 32 M6 34 6 46 Breite Thickness 25 mm Clamp Mount SC925M 7 M25x1,5 SW23 AF23 13 Accessories, mounting, installation... see pages 32 to 35. Ø 6,3 2 AF30 SW30 40 51 4,6 Ø 23 RF25 M25x1,5 M6x14 32 42 52 Rectangular Flange MB25 M25x1,5 32 M6 34 6 46 Breite Thickness 25 mm Clamp Mount Available without rod end button on request. Capacity Chart Max. Energy Capacity Type W 3 m/cycle W 4 m/h Soft-Contact me min. kg Effective Weight me me max. kg Self-Compensating me min. me max. kg kg Min. Return Force Max. Return Force Rod Reset Time s 1 Max. Side Load Angle SC190M-0 25 34 000 - - 0.7 4 4 9 0.25 5 0.0 SC190M-1 25 34 000 2.3 6 1.4 7 4 9 0.25 5 0.0 SC190M-2 25 34 000 5.5 3.6 1 4 9 0.25 5 0.0 SC190M-3 25 34 000 14 41 9 45 4 9 0.25 5 0.0 SC190M-4 25 34 000 34 91 23 2 4 9 0.25 5 0.0 SC300M-0 33 45 000 - - 0.7 4 5 0.1 5 0.11 SC300M-1 33 45 000 2.3 7 1.4 5 0.1 5 0.11 SC300M-2 33 45 000 7 23 4.5 27 5 0.1 5 0.11 SC300M-3 33 45 000 2 3 6 14 2 5 0.1 5 0.11 SC300M-4 33 45 000 6 11 32 4 5 0.1 5 0.11 SC650M-0 73 6 000 - - 2,3 14 11 32 0.2 5 0.31 SC650M-1 73 6 000 11 36 45 11 32 0.2 5 0.31 SC650M-2 73 6 000 34 113 23 136 11 32 0.2 5 0.31 SC650M-3 73 6 000 9 363 6 40 11 32 0.2 5 0.31 SC650M-4 73 6 000 363 1 09 4 1 10 11 32 0.2 5 0.31 SC925M-0 1 90 000 25 4.5 29 11 32 0.4 5 0.39 SC925M-1 1 90 000 22 72 14 90 11 32 0.4 5 0.39 SC925M-2 1 90 000 59 40 272 11 32 0.4 5 0.39 SC925M-3 1 90 000 11 6 113 726 11 32 0.4 5 0.39 SC925M-4 1 90 000 544 1 952 340 2 0 11 32 0.4 5 0.39 1 For applications with higher side load angles consider using the side load adaptor (BV) pages 30 to 34. Weight kg Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 23

Heavyweight Shock Absorbers SC²-Series Self-Compensating 24 The ACE Heavyweight SC 2 -Series are maintenance free, self-contained hydraulic components. The design of the Heavyweight SC 2 -Series units combines the piston and inner tube into a single component and provides more than double the energy capacity of previous units in the same envelope size. They also have an integrated mechanical stop. The smaller sizes up to type SC²190, have a dynamic membrane seal which allows direct installation into the end cover of pneumatic cylinders (for end postion damping max. 7 bar). The greatly increased energy capacity coupled with overlapping effective weight ranges covering from 1 kg up to 6350 kg makes the SC 2 -Series units ideal for a wide range of handling equipment and rotary actuators. With the optional side load adaptor fitted they can cope with side loads up to 25 degrees. Combined piston and inner tube increased energy capacity up to 0%! Piston Rod with Integrated Positive Stop Rolling Diaphragm Seal (Type SC²190M) Self-Retaining Main Bearing Piston Piston Check Valve Pressure Chamber with Metering Orifices Return Spring Outer Body 24 Impact velocity range: Ensure that effective weight of application is within the range of the unit chosen. Special range units available on request. Material: Shock absorber body: itride hardened steel. Accessories: Steel with black oxide finish or nitride hardened. Piston rod: Hardened stainless steel. Mounting: In any position. If precise end position datum is required consider use of the optional stop collar type AH. Operating temperature range: 0 C to 66 C On request: Weartec finish (seawater resistent). Other special finishes available to special order.

Heavyweight Shock Absorbers SC²25 to 650 Self-Compensating SC25M 5 AF7 SW7 Mx1 4 72 Ø 3,15 AF SW 11 Accessories, mounting, installation... see pages 30 to 35. SC75M 4 AF SW Mx1 5 7 Ø 4 AF14 SW14 14 Accessories, mounting, installation... see pages 30 to 35. SC190M 5 AF SW M14x1,5 6 7 Ø 4, AF17 SW17 17 M14 x 1 also available to special order Accessories, mounting, installation... see pages 31 to 35. SC300M 7 Mx1,5 AF1 SW1 79,5 Accessories, mounting, installation... see pages 31 to 35. SC650M 7 M25x1,5 AF23 SW23 6 Accessories, mounting, installation... see pages 32 to 35. Capacity Chart Max. Energy Capacity Type W 3 m/cycle Ø 6,4 1, AF23 SW23 15 26 Ø 9,6 1, AF30 SW30 23 34 4,6 Ø17 Effective Weight me 4,6 Ø 23 W 4 Soft Hard m/h -5-6 -7 - -9 min kg max min kg max min kg max min kg max min kg max RF M4x 6 2 Mx1 Rectangular Flange RF M5x 6 Mx1 24 32 Rectangular Flange RF14 M5x 6 26 34 M14x1,5 Rectangular Flange RF M6x14 36 46 Mx1,5 Rectangular Flange RF25 1 For applications with higher side load angles consider using the side load adaptor (BV) pages 30 to 34. M6x14 42 52 M25x1,5 Rectangular Flange Min. Return Force Max. Return Force 14 32 32 MBSC2 Mx1 14 M4 3,5 25 Breite Thickness mm Mounting Block MBSC2 Mx1 M5 4,5 32 Breite Thickness mm Mounting Block MB14SC2 M14x1,5 M5 4,5 32 Breite Thickness mm Mounting Block MBSC2 Mx1,5 25 M 34 13 50 Breite Thickness mm Mounting Block MB25SC2 M25x1,5 32 M 36 11 52 Breite Thickness 25 mm Mounting Block Rod Reset Time s 1 Max. Side Load Angle SC25M 000 1-5 4-44 42-500 4.5 14 0.3 2 0.03 SC75M 30 000 1-7 - 7 75-00 6 19 0.3 2 0.045 SC190M 31 50 000 2-13 - 140 136-1 550 6 19 0.4 2 0.06 SC300M 73 45 000 11-45 34-136 91-11 135-60 3-1 950 1 0.2 5 0.15 SC650M 2 6 000 23-113 90-360 3-1 090 770-2 630 1 00-6 350 11 32 0.3 5 0.35 Weight kg 25 Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 25

Miniature Shock Absorbers MA Adjustable 26 ACE Miniature Shock Absorbers are maintenance free, self-contained hydraulic components. If you prefer a fully adjustable shock absorber rather than a self-compensating model on your application then the MA Series provide a directly interchangeable alternative. The adjustable series include an integrated mechanical stop from the model MA225 upwards. These adjustable units have long stroke lengths (MA925 with 40 mm superstroke) to provide smooth deceleration and low reaction forces. The MA150 incorporates the proven rolling diaphragm seal (used on the MC150 to MC600 range) and shares all the advantages of that technology. The stepless adjustment range of the MA Series covers an effective weight range from 0.2 kg up to 2 040 kg. Piston Rod Positive Stop Rod Seal Main Bearing Piston Accumulator Piston Check Valve Metering Orifices Return Spring Outer Body 26 Pressure and Adjustment Chamber Adjustment Knob Adjustment: On models MA30 up to MA150: by turning the adjustment screw at rear. On the larger sizes: by turning the adjustment knob against the scale marked 0 to 9. After installation, cycle the machine a few times and turn the adjustment knob until optimum deceleration is achieved (i.e. smooth deceleration throughout stroke). Impact velocity range: Ensure that effective weight of application is within the range of the unit chosen. Special range units available on request. Material: Shock absorber body: itride hardened steel. Accessories: Steel with black oxide finish or nitride hardened. Piston rod: Hardened stainless steel. W 4 capacity rating: (max. energy per hour m/hr) If your application exceeds tabulated W 4 figures consider additional cooling i.e. cylinder exhaust air etc. Ask ACE for assistance. Mounting: In any position. If precise end position datum is required consider use of the optional stop collar type AH. Install a mechanical stop 0.5 to 1 mm before end stroke on FA0. Operating temperature range: 0 C to 66 C On request: Weartec finish (seawater resistent). Other special finishes available to special order.

Miniature Shock Absorbers MA Adjustable MA30M Adjuster Einstellschraube Screw Ø 2,5 2,1 4,1 Mx1 SW AF 3 Ø 6,4 2,5 4 13,1 Accessories, mounting, installation... see pages 30 to 35. MA50M for use on new installations Adjuster Einstellschraube Screw RF MBSC2 Mx1 Mx1 6 M4x 14 M4 3,5 1 25 25 Breite Thickness mm Rectangular Flange Mounting Block FA0VD-B still available in future Ø 3,2 3 5,1 Mx1 SW AF 4 Ø 7,7 2,5 7 50 14,9 Accessories, mounting, installation... see pages 30 to 35. MA35M Adjuster Einstellschraube Screw 5 Mx1 Ø 3,2 SW14 AF14 5 2,5 66 1 3 Ø 7,7 Accessories, mounting, installation... see pages 31 to 35. MA150M Adjuster Einstellschraube Screw Ø 4, 7,5 M14x1,5 AF SW 6 AF17 SW17,5 70 22,5 M14 x 1 also available to special order Accessories, mounting, installation... see pages 31 to 35. MA225M Ø4, 13,5 Mx1,5 4, AF1 SW1 SW23 AF23 19 30 Accessories, mounting, installation... see pages 32 to 35. MA600M and MA900M 4,7 Ø 4,6 Ø 17 Ø6,3 4,6,5 M25x1,5 5 Ø 23 AF23 SW23 SW30 AF30 25,4 (40) 6,6 (13) 36,4 (51) Accessories, mounting, installation... see pages 32 to 35. MA600ML with M27x3 available to special order. Ø 2,5 4 14,5 MA30M 3.5 5 650 0.23 15 1.7 5.30.3 2 0.009 FA0VD-B 1. 3 600 0.2 3 6 0.3 2.5 0.026 MA50M 5.5 13 550 4.5 3 6 0.3 2 0.030 MA35M 4 6 000 6 57 5 11 0.2 2 0.043 MA150M 22 35 000 1 9 3 5 0.4 5 0.06 MA225M 25 45 000 2.3 226 5 0.1 2 0.13 MA600M 6 6 000 9 1 360 30 0.2 2 0.31 MA900M 0 90 000 14 2 040 35 0.4 1 0.40 1 For applications with higher side load angles consider using the side load adaptor (BV) pages 30 to 34. Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 27 11 Mx1 SW AF 51 2,5 Ø 6 Accessories, mounting, installation... see pages 30 to 35. RF M5x 6 Mx1 24 32 Rectangular Flange RF14 M5x 6 M14x1,5 26 34 Rectangular Flange RF M6x14 Mx1,5 36 46 Rectangular Flange RF25 M6x14 M25x1,5 42 52 Rectangular Flange Available without rod end button on request. Models MA600M/MA900M available with clevis mounting. Capacity Chart Max. Energy Capacity Type W 3 m/cycle W 4 m/h Effective Weight me me min. kg Adjustable me max. kg Min. Return Force Max. Return Force 32 32 Rod Reset Time s MB M5 32 Clamp Mount MB14 M5 Mx1 32 Clamp Mount MB M6 2 40 Clamp Mount MB25 M6 34 46 Clamp Mount 1 Max. Side Load Angle M14x1,5 Mx1,5 M25x1,5 4,5 Breite Thickness mm 4,5 Breite Thickness mm 25 6 Breite Thickness mm 32 6 Breite Thickness 25 mm Weight kg 27

Shock Absorber Accessories M5 to M25 Selection Chart for Shock Absorbers Accessories 2 Locknut Stop Collar Mounting Block/ Rectangular Universal Side Load Clamp Mount 1 Flange Mount Adaptor 2 Shock Absorber Type KM AH MB RF UM BV Thread Size M5x0.5 MC5M KM5 AH5 MB5SC2 - - - Thread Size M6x0.5 MC9M KM6 AH6 MB6SC2 RF6 - - Thread Size Mx1 MA30M KM AH MBSC2 RF - BV MCM KM AH MBSC2 RF - BVA MC30M KM AH MBSC2 RF - BV Thread Size Mx1 MA50M KM AH MBSC2 RF UM BV MC25M KM AH MBSC2 RF UM BV SC25M KM AH MBSC2 RF UM BVSC FA0 KM AH MBSC2 RF UM - Thread Size Mx1 MA35M KM AH MB RF UM BV MC75M KM AH MB RF UM BV SC75M KM AH MBSC2 RF UM BVSC Thread Size M14x1.5 MA150M KM14 AH14 MB14 RF14 UM14 BV14 MC150M KM14 AH14 MB14 RF14 UM14 BV14 SC190M0-4 KM14 AH14 MB14 RF14 UM14 BV14SC SC190M5-7 KM14 AH14 MB14SC2 RF14 UM14 BV14 Thread Size Mx1.5 MA225M KM AH MB RF UM BVSC MC225M KM AH MB RF UM BV SC300M0-4 KM AH MB RF UM BVSC SC300M5-9 KM AH MBSC2 RF UM BVSC Thread Size M25x1.5 MA600M KM25 AH25 MB25 RF25 UM25 BV25SC MA900M KM25 AH25 MB25 RF25 UM25 - MC600M KM25 AH25 MB25 RF25 UM25 BV25 SC650M0-4 KM25 AH25 MB25 RF25 UM25 BV25SC SC925M KM25 AH25 MB25 RF25 UM25 - SC650M5-9 KM25 AH25 MB25SC2 RF25 UM25 BV25SC 1 Use a locknut for protection if a clamp mount MB... SC2 is installed. 2 Only mountable on units without button. Remove the button from the shock absorber, if there s one fitted. See page 34. 2 Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com

Shock Absorber Accessories M5 to M25 Steel Air Bleed Switch Steel Button Steel/Urethane ylon Button Shroud 2 Collar Stop Collar Button PB SP AS PS BP PP Page Thread Size M5x0.5 - - - - - - 30 Thread Size M6x0.5 - - - - - - 30 Thread Size Mx1 PB - - - - - 30 PB-A - - - - - 30 PB - - - - - 30 29 Thread Size Mx1 PB - AS PS - - 30 PB - AS PS - - 30 PBSC - - - - - 30 - - - - - - 30 Thread Size Mx1 PB - AS PS - - 31 PB - AS PS - - 31 PBSC SP AS PSSC - - 31 Thread Size M14x1.5 PB14 SP14 AS14 PS14 - included 31 PB14 SP14 AS14 PS14 - PP150 31 PB14SC - AS14 included BP14-31 PB14 SP14 AS14 PS14 - - 31 Thread Size Mx1.5 PBSC - AS included BP - 32 PB SP AS PS - PP225 32 PBSC - AS included BP - 32 PBSC - AS included - - 32 Thread Size M25x1.5 PB25SC - AS25 included BP25-32 - - AS25 included BP25-32 PB25 SP25 AS25 PS25 - PP600 32 PB25SC - AS25 included BP25-32 - - AS25 included BP25-32 PB25 - AS25 included - - 32 2 Only mountable on units without button. Remove the button from the shock absorber, if there s one fitted. See page 34. Dimensions see pages 30 to 32. Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 29

Shock Absorber Accessories M5 to M Selection Chart See Pages 2 to 29 M5x0.5 KM5 AH5 MB5SC2 30 2,5 Locknut M5x0,5 SW AF Ø M5x0,5 7 Ø 5 5 Stop Collar M5x0,5 M3 3 Breite Thickness mm Mounting Block M6x0.5 KM6 AH6 MB6SC2 RF6 3 Locknut M6x0,5 SW AF Ø M6x0,5 Ø 6 6 Stop Collar M3 M6x0,5 3 Breite Thickness mm 5 M3x 14 M6x0,5 Mounting Block Rectangular Flange Mx1 KM AH MBSC2 RF 3 Locknut BV Mx1 SW AF SW9 AF9 SW AF Ø11 Mx1 Mx1 Ø Mx1 Ø 6 M4 Stop Collar 25 BVA Mounting Block SW9 AF9 SW AF Ø 11 Mx1 PB 3,5 Breite Thickness mm Mx1 6 M4x 1 25 Rectangular Flange PB-A 14 Side Load Adaptor Mx1 Locknut BV 15 KM 4 15 Mx1 SW AF Side Load Adaptor AH 5 Ø 4 Ø Mx1,5 Ø Stop Collar SW11 AF11 SW AF Ø13 Mx1 11 15 6,5 Ø 6 Side Load Adaptor PB MBSC2 Mounting Block Ø 14 Ø 3,2 14 22 M4 Steel Shroud 3 25 5 Mx1 14 PBSC RF M4x 6 Ø Ø 2,6,7 17,5 2 Steel Shroud 2 Ø 14 Ø 3,2 15 22 Ø 4 3,5 Breite Thickness mm Steel Shroud Mx1 Rectangular Flange 4 PS Ø, Ø3,2 5 Steel Button 14 Ø Ø 2 15 Steel Shroud UM Ø4,5 Universal Mount AS 2 25 3 Ø17 Mx1 22 15 Switch Stop Collar inc. Proximity Switch Mx1 5 25 Breite Thickness mm 30 Mounting, installation... see pages 33 to 35. Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com

Shock Absorber Accessories M to M14 Selection Chart See Pages 2 to 29 Mx1 KM AH MB MBSC2 RF 5 Locknut Mx1 SW14 AF14 Ø 15 Mx1 Ø Stop Collar M5 32 Mx1 4,5 Breite Thickness mm M5 32 Mx1 4,5 Breite Thickness mm 6 M5x 24 32 Mx1 Clamp Mount Mounting Block Rectangular Flange UM BV BVSC SP Ø 4,5 25 3 Mx1 5 25 Thickness Breite mm SW13 AF13 SW14 AF14 Ø15 Mx1 Ø 7 1 22 SW13 AF13 SW14 AF14 Ø 15 Mx1 Ø 7 1 22 Ø3 Ø1 Mx1 3 SW AF Air Bleed Collar 31 Universal Mount Side Load Adaptor Side Load Adaptor PB PBSC PS PSSC AS Ø Ø 3,2 15 23 3 Ø Ø 4 23 3, 3,2 Ø Ø 5 Ø, Ø 4 3, 7 Ø19 Mx1 22 Steel Shroud Steel Shroud Steel Button Steel Button Switch Stop Collar inc. Proximity Switch M14x1.5 KM14 AH14 MB14 MB14SC2 RF14 6 Locknut M14x1,5 SW17 AF17 Ø17 M14x1,5 Ø14 SW15 AF15 Stop Collar M14x1,5 M5 4,5 32 Breite Thickness mm Clamp Mount M14x1,5 M5 4,5 32 Breite Thickness mm Mounting Block M5x 6 26 34 Rectangular Flange M14x1,5 UM14 Ø 4,5 Universal Mount PB14SC Ø 1 Ø 4 22 32 35 45 Steel Shroud 4,5 M14x1,5 5 29 SP14 Ø3 BV14 Ø1 Air Bleed Collar SW AF SW17 AF17 PS14 Ø Ø4, 4,5 11 M14x1,5 Ø 9 Thickness Breite 24 mm,5 Side Load Adaptor Ø1 M14x1 SW AF 5,5 Steel Button BV14SC Side Load Adaptor AS14 Ø 1 SW AF Ø 21 M14x1,5 22 17 Switch Stop Collar inc. Proximity Switch SW17 AF17 M14x1,5 14 Ø 9 26 30 PP150 Ø Ø 4, 9,4 4,7 ylon Button PB14 Ø 1 Ø 4, 15 25 Steel Shroud BP14 Ø11,7 Ø 4, 4,6,2 4,5 Steel/Urethane Button Mounting, installation... see pages 33 to 35. Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 31

Shock Absorber Accessories M to M25 Selection Chart See Pages 2 to 29 Mx1.5 KM AH MB MBSC2 RF 32 Locknut Mx1,5 SW23 AF23 Ø 24, Mx1,5 Ø,5 SW22 AF22 25 Stop Collar Mx1,5 25 M6 2 6 40 Breite Thickness mm Clamp Mount Mx1,5 25 M 34 13 50 Thickness Breite mm Mounting Block Mx1,5 M6x14 32 36 46 Rectangular Flange UM BV BVSC PB 25,5 Ø5,5 35 47 Universal Mount Mx1,5 SW22 AF22 SW23 AF23 Mx1,5 Ø 24 35 14 Ø 24 Breite Thickness mm,5 Side Load Adaptor SW22 AF22 SW23 AF23 Mx1,5 Ø 24 14 Ø 32 36 19 Side Load Adaptor Ø 24 Ø 6,3 15 24 4 Steel Shroud PBSC Ø 24 Ø 4, 26 37 Steel Shroud M25x1.5 KM25 Locknut 5 M25x1,5 SW30 AF30 SP Ø 3 Ø 24 Mx1,5 Air Bleed Collar AH25 Stop Collar SW1 AF1 5,4 Ø 30 M25x1,5 Ø 25 SW27 AF27 32 PS Ø, Ø 6,3 4,4 11 Steel Button MB25 M6 34 46 Clamp Mount M25x1,5 AS Ø26 Mx1,5 25 Switch Stop Collar inc. Proximity Switch 32 6 Breite Thickness 25 mm MB25SC2 M 36 52 M25x1,5 Mounting Block PP225 Ø17 Ø 6,3, 3,9 ylon Button 32 11 Thickness Breite 25 mm RF25 M6x14 BP Ø, Ø 6,3 4,6 13,2 Steel/Urethane Button 42 52 Rectangular Flange M25x1,5 32 UM25 25,5 Ø 5,5 Universal Mount PB25SC Ø 29 Ø 6,3 32 43 Steel Shroud 35 47 4,5 M25x1,5 SP25 Ø3 Ø 30 M25x1,5 BV25SC Ø 30 Air Bleed Collar SW27 AF27 SW23 AF23 6,4 SW30 AF30 PS25 Ø23 Ø 6,4 11 M25x1,5 35 Ø 3 44 Breite Thickness 25 mm Side Load Adaptor Steel Button BV25 Side Load Adaptor AS25 Ø 30 SW27 AF27 Ø 32 M25x1,5 25 23 Switch Stop Collar inc. Proximity Switch SW30 AF30 M25x1,5 Ø 3 44 25 PP600 Ø23 Ø,6 5,4 ylon Button PB25 Ø 29 Ø 32 43 Steel Shroud BP25 Ø 22,6 Ø 7, 5,6 14,7 4,5 Steel/Urethane Button 32 Mounting, installation... see pages 33 to 35. Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com

Mounting and Installation Hints Up to M25x1.5 AH... KM Stop Collar AH Positive Festanschlag Stop All ACE miniature shock absorbers (except FA series) have an integral positive stop. An optional stop collar (AH...) can be added if desired to give fine adjustment of final stopping position. MB... Clamp Mount/ Mounting Block When using the MB clamp mount no lock nut is needed on the shock absorber (split clamp action). The mounting block is very compact and allows fine adjustment of the shock absorber position by turning in and out. Two socket head screws are included with clamp mount block. When foot mounting the types with combined piston and inner tube SC²HW25 to SC²HW650 and the types MC5M, MC9M, MC30M, MC25M and MA30M, the MB(SC²) must be used. 33 Clamp Slot design not for use with SC 2 HW25 to HW650 Type Screw Size Max. Torque Type Screw Size Max. Torque MB M4x14 4 m MB M6x25 11 m MB M5x 6 m MB25 M6x30 11 m MB14 M5x 6 m RF... Rectangular Flange The rectangular flange provides a space saving convenient assembly and does not need a lock nut to hold the shock absorber. Therefore achieving a neat, compact and flat surface mounting. Type Screw Size Max. Torque Type Screw Size Max. Torque RF6 M3x 3 m RF14 M5x 6 m RF M4x 4 m RF M6x14 11 m RF M4x 4 m RF25 M6x14 11 m RF M5x 6 m SP... Ø 3 Stoßdämpfer Shock Absorber PB... Air Bleed Collar Abstreifring Wiper Ring SP Steel Shroud PB Stoßdämpfer Shock Absorber Air bleed collar (includes integral stop collar) protects shock absorber from ingress of abrasive contaminents like cement, paper or wood dust into the rod seal area. It also prevents aggressive fluids such as cutting oils, coolants etc. damaging the seals. Air bleed supply 0.5 to 1 bar. Low air consumption. The constant air bleed prevents contaminants passing the wiper ring and entering the shock absorber seal area. ote! Do not switch off air supply whilst machine is operating! The air bleed collar can not be used on all similar body thread sized shock absorbers. The air bleed collar is only for types MC150M to MC600M, MA150M, SC²75 and SC²190M 5-7. Grinding beads, sand, welding splatter, paints and adhesives etc. can adhere to the piston rod. They then damage the rod seals and the shock absorber quickly fails. In many cases the installation of the optional steel shroud can provide worthwhile protection and increase lifetime. ote! When installing don t forget to allow operating space for the shroud to move as the shock absorber is cycled. For part number MA, MC, SC please order with M-0 suffix. Part numbers MA150M, MC150M to MC600M and SC²25M to SC²190M5-7 are supplied without a button, for advice on removing the button see page 34. Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 33

Mounting and Installation Hints Up to M25x1.5 34 BV; BV...SC Side Load Adaptor Shock Absorber Threaded Body Positive Stop Plunger With side load impact angles of more than 3 the operation lifetime of the shock absorber reduces rapidly due to increased wear of the rod bearings. The optional BV side load adaptor provides long lasting solution. Secure the side load adaptor with Loctite or locknut on the shock absorber. Materials: Threaded body and plunger: Hardened high tensile steel. Hardened to 6 HV1. ote: For material combination plunger/impact plate use similar hardness values. We recommend that you install the shock absorber/side load adaptor using the thread on the side load adaptor. ote! Installation with clamp mount MB... not possible. Use mounting block MB... SC². Problem: Rotating impact motion causes high side load forces on the piston rod. This increases bearing wear and possibly results in rod breakage or bending. Solution: Install side load adaptor BV. R s Formulae: ( ) s α = tan -1 s R R smin = s tan αmax Stroke s Hub α Example: s = 0.025 m α max = 25 (Type BV25) R s = 0.1 m α = tan -1 0.025 0.025 ( R smin = 0.1 ) tan 25 α = 14.04 R smin = 0.054 m α = side load angle R s = mounting radius m α max = max. angle R smin = min. possible s = absorber stroke m mounting radius m Time required for warming up the button: up to Mx1: approx. sec. from M14x1,5 up: approx. 30 sec. Maximum angle: BV, BV and BV =,5 BV14, BV and BV25 = 25 Hint: By repositioning the centre of the stroke of the side load plunger to be at 90 degrees to the piston rod, the side load angle can be halved. The use of an external positive stop due to high forces encountered is required. ote! The BV adaptor can only be installed onto a shock absorber without rod end button. Part number: MA, MC, SC...-0 (Models MA150M, MC150M to MC600M and SC²25M to SC²190M5-7 are supplied as standard without buttons.) To remove button from existing absorber: Clamp shock absorber in mounting block and warm button carefully. Grip the button with pliers and pull off along rod axis. 34 Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com

Mounting and Installation Hints Up to M25x1.5 PP... Shock Absorber ylon Button PP While the use of industrial shock absorbers already achieves a considerable reduction in noise levels, the additional use of PP impact buttons made of glass fibre reinforced nylon reduces noise levels even further, making it easy to fulfil the regulations of the new oise Control Ordinance. At the same time, wear of impact surface is drastically minimized. The PP buttons are available for shock absorbers in series MC150M to MC600M. They are fitted simply by pressing onto the piston rod. BP... Shock Absorber Steel/Urethane Button BP These new impact buttons made of urethane offer all above advantages of th PP nylon button in terms of reducing noise and wear. They fit easily onto the piston rod of the corresponding shock absorber. The head is then secured by a circlip integrated in the drilled hole of the steel base material. Please refer to the accessories table on pages 2 to 29 to see which shock absorber types the new BP buttons are available for. 35 PS...AS... max 1 mm Steel Button, Switch Stop Collar AS AS inc. Proximity switch PP PS The ACE Stop Light limit switch combination can be mounted on all popular shock absorber models. Features: Very short, compact mounting package; good price/ performance combination; can be fitted to standard shock absorber; fine adjustment of stroke/signal is possible. The steel button type PS is fitted as standard on the models SC190M0-4, SC300M0-9, SC650M0-9, SC925M0-4, MA/MVC225M, MA/MVC600M and MA/MVC900M. With all other models you must order the PS button as an optional accessory. Installation: We recommend to fix the steel button onto the end of the piston rod using Loctite 290. Attention! Take care not to leave any adhesive on the piston rod as this will cause seal damage. Thread the switch stop collar onto the front of the shock absorber and secure in position. Switch cable should not be routed close to power cables. 250-3 PP Ø 3 M2,5 Proximity Switch breit thick 2,5 7,5 Length Länge app. ca. 00 Prox. main circuit Red LED 250-3 PP Circuit diagram PP-switch brown black 5,5 max. 0 ma Load +V PP Proximity Switch Data: Supply voltage: -27 VDC Ripple < % Load current max: 0 ma Operating temperature range: - C to +60 C Residual voltage: max. 1 V Protection: IP67 (IEC 144) with LED-indicator Proximity Switch /Open when shock absorber extended. When shock absorber is fully compressed switch closes and LED Indicator lights. blue 0V Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 35

Industrial Shock Absorbers MC33 to MC64 Self-Compensating 36 This range of self-compensating shock absorbers is part of the innovative MAGUM Series from ACE. You profit from the enhanced product life in the most difficult operating environments provided by the latest seal technology, hardened main bearing and also the integrated positive stop. You achieve 50% more energy absorption capacity and a much wider range of effective weight capability (between 3 kg and 63700 kg!). This offers you the capability of mounting shock absorbers with the highest energy capacity ratings for their size in the industry and allows full exploitation of your machinery potential. You can access new possibilities in machine design and construction since this range offers such features as a fully threaded outer body and a new clamping flange system. Integrated Positive Stop Main Bearing Outer Body Membrane Accumulator Increased Piston Area Hardened Piston Ring Hardened One-Piece Pressure Chamber 36 Heavy Duty One-Piece Steel Outer Body Impact velocity range: 0.15 to 5 m/s, on request under 0.15 m/s and to m/s. Operating fluid: Automatic Transmission Fluid (ATF) at 42cSt. Material: Shock absorber body: itride hardened steel. Accessories: Steel with black oxide finish or nitride hardened. Piston rod: Steel hardened and chrome plated. Rod end button: Hardened steel with black oxide finish. Zinc plated or plastic-coated return spring. For optimum heat dissipation do not paint shock absorber. Capacity rating: For Emergency Use Only applications it is sometimes possible to exceed the published max. capacity ratings. Please consult ACE for further details. If your application exceeds the tabulated W 4 figures (max. energy per hour m/hr) consider additional cooling. Ask ACE for further details. Mounting: In any position Operating temperature range: - C to 70 C. Higher temperatures see page 46. On request: Plated finishes. Weartec finish (seawater resistant), special oils. Mounting inside air cylinders and other special options are available on request. oise reduction: 3 to 7 db when using the new impact buttons with urethane insert.

Industrial Shock Absorbers MA and ML33 to 64 Adjustable This adjustable shock absorber from ACE is unique. The innovative MAGUM Series models provide the next generation of deceleration technology to meet the needs of the future. The latest seal technology, a hardened main bearing and the integrated positive stop provide a significant increase in operating lifetime. Other innovations such as the front and rear adjuster, new clamping flanges and the fully threaded outer body provide many new options in installation and mounting. Exploit the advantages of this series in your applications with it s 50% increased enery capacity and a much wider effective weight range. The effective weight range extends from 9 kg up to 0 000 kg. The MA range models cover the majority of standard applications, whilst the ML range is specially designed for low velocity/high effective weight applications from 300 kg up to 500 000 kg effective weight. Main Bearing Front Adjuster Integrated Positive Stop 37 Outer Body Membrane Accumulator Increased Piston Area Hardened Piston Ring Hardened One-Piece Pressure Chamber Adjustment: Turning the front stop collar or rear adjuster towards 0 makes the unit harder. Turning towards 9 makes the unit softer. Impact velocity range: Type ML: 0.02 up to 0.46 m/s, Type MA: 0.15 up to 5 m/s (up to m/s on request). Operating fluid: Automatic Transmission Fluid (ATF) at 42cSt. Material: Shock absorber body: itride hardened steel. Accessories: Steel with black oxide finish or nitride hardened. Piston rod: Steel hardened and chrome plated. Rod end button: Hardened steel with black oxide finish. Zinc plated or plastic-coated return spring. For optimum heat dissipation do not paint shock absorber. Capacity rating: For Emergency Use Only applications it is sometimes possible to exceed the published max. capacity ratings. Please consult ACE for further details. If your application exceeds the tabulated W 4 figures (max. energy per hour m/hr) consider additional cooling. Ask ACE for further details. Locking Screw (MA/ ML64 only) Heavy Duty One-Piece Steel Outer Body Rear Adjuster Mounting: In any position Operating temperature range: - C to 70 C. Higher temperatures see page 46. On request: Plated finishes. Weartec finish (seawater resistant), special oils. Mounting inside air cylinders and other special options are available on request. oise reduction: 3 to 7 db when using the new impact buttons with urethane insert. 37

Industrial Shock Absorbers MC/MA/ML33 Self-Compensating and Adjustable Adjuster Einstellring Ring (only (nur MA und and ML) Ø 39,6 Positive Festanschlag Stop 3 M33x1,5 Ø 25 6,5 L2 Ø 30 B max A max Gewinde M36x1.5 M36x1,5 and M42x1.5 und M42x1,5 also available auf Anfrage to order Gewinde Thread UF UF 11/4-1 1/4- also (Bestellbezeichnung available on request ohne (Omit Endung suffi x -M) from Part number) Adjuster (only MA and ML) S33 L1 max 25 min L3 Side Foot Mounting Kit S33 = 2 Flanges + 4 Screws M6x40, DI 9 56 Ø 7 42 40 Tightening torque: 11 m Clamping torque: > 90 m Because of the thread pitch the fixing holes for the second foot mount should only be drilled and tapped after the first foot mount has been fixed in position. R C33 0 14 L5 max 14H14 13 14 13 thick breit 13 breit thick 14 Bolzensicherung Pin H H Retainer min 13 Ø 3 13 L6 max min SF33 32 45 Ø h9 Ø7 5 22 23 Secure with pin or use additional bar. Due to limited force capacity the respective ability should be reviewed by ACE. Clevis Mounting Kit C33 = 2 Clevis eyes. Delivered assembled to shock absorber. Use positive stop at both ends of travel. Clevis Flange SF33 = Flange + 4 screws M6x DI 9 Tightening torque 7.5 m Conforms to: Audi + VW 39D1307/2/032, VDMA 24562 part 2 Daimler Chr. B015023641, Opel-GM M139173 Dimensions 3 Type 1 Stroke A max B max L1 min L1 max L2 L3 L5 max L6 max mm MC, MA, ML3325M 25 13 23 25 60 3 6 39 MC, MA, ML3350M 50 19 4.5 32 6 93 64 21 1 ominal stroke length (without integral stop collar fitted). Capacity Chart MC33 Max. Energy Capacity Type Self-compensating 2 W 3 m/cycle W 4 Self-Contained m/h W 4 with Air/Oil Tank m/h W 4 withoil Recirculation m/h 1 Effective Weight me Soft Hard -0-1 -2-3 -4 min max min max min max min max min max kg kg kg kg kg Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com Min. Return Force Max. Return Force Rod Reset Time s Max. Side Load Angle MC3325M 155 75 000 4 000 9 000 3-11 9-40 30-1 0-4 350-1 4 45 90 0.03 4 0.45 MC3350M 3 5 000 135 000 10 000 5-22 1-70 60-250 2-40 7-2 30 45 135 0.06 3 0.54 Capacity Chart MA/ML33 Max. Energy Capacity Type Adjustable 2 W 3 m/cycle W 4 Self-Contained m/h W 4 with Air/Oil Tank m/h W 4 withoil Recirculation m/h 1 Effective Weight me Min. Return Force Max. Return Force Rod Reset Time s Max. Side Load Angle me min. me max. kg MA3325M 170 75 000 4 000 9 000 9-1 700 45 90 0.03 4 0.45 ML3325M 170 75 000 4 000 9 000 300-50 000 45 90 0.03 4 0.45 MA3350M 340 5 000 135 000 10 000 13-2 500 45 135 0.06 3 0.54 ML3350M 340 5 000 135 000 10 000 500-0 000 45 135 0.06 3 0.54 1 The effective weight range limits can be raised or lowered to special order. 2 For Emergency Use Only applications it is sometimes possible to exceed the above ratings. Please consult ACE for further details. Specifications relate to the effective stroke length (B max.). Weight kg Weight kg

Industrial Shock Absorbers MC/MA/ML33 Shock Absorber Accessories M33x1.5 M33 PP33 QF33 Ø 6,6 Ø 39,6 Ø 29,2 Clamping Klemmschlitz slot 6,5 A max 13,2 see siehe shock Stoßdämpfer absorber dims. 32 44 Thickness Breite mm Locking Ring BV3325 Poly Button Optional button with elastomer insert for noise suppression. Option supplied ready mounted onto the shock absorber. For self installation see mounting instructions on page 4. BV3350 Square Flange Install with 4 machine screws with tightening torque: 11 m clamping torque: > 90 m AS33 39 M33x1,5 23 M45x1,5 max. 25 Ø 30 M33x1,5 4,5 M45x1,5 max. 25 Ø 30 24 Ø 37 0 4 29 75 53,5 56 Side Load Adaptor Mounting, installation etc. see pages 34 to 35 and 45. Side Load Adaptor Switch Stop Collar inc. Proximity Switch and Poly Button with elastomer insert PB3325 1 A max 14 PB3350 1 A max 19 Ø15 Ø 35 Ø 15 Ø 36 25 37 50 61,5 Steel Shroud Mounting, installation etc. see pages 33 and 45. Steel Shroud 1 Total installation length of the shock absorber inc. steel shroud Interchange parts for the earlier MC-Types available on request. Ordering Example Self-Compensating Thread Size M33 Stroke 25 mm Metric Thread (omitted when using thread UF 1 1/4-) Effective Weight Range Version MC3325M-1 Model Type Prefix Standard Models Self-Contained with Return Spring MC self-compensating MA adjustable ML adjustable, for lower impact velocity Special Models Air/Oil Return without Return Spring MCA, MAA, MLA Air/Oil Return with Return Spring MCS, MAS, MLS Self-Contained without Return Spring MC, MA, ML Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 39

Industrial Shock Absorbers MC/MA/ML45 Self-Compensating and Adjustable Adjuster Einstellring Ring (only (nur MA and und ML) Ø 55,6 Positive Festanschlag Stop 40 M45x1,5 Ø 35 9,5 L2 Ø 42 B max A max Thread Gewinde UF UF 13/4-1 3/4- also (Bestellbezeichnung available on request ohne (Omit Endung suffi x -M-M) from Part number) S45 L1 max 25 L3,5 min Side Foot Mounting Kit S45 = 2 Flanges + 4 Screws Mx50, DI 9 2 0 Ø 9 60 56 Tightening torque: 27 m Clamping torque: > 350 m Adjuster (only MA and ML) Because of the thread pitch the fixing holes for the second foot mount should only be drilled and tapped after the first foot mount has been fixed in position. R14 C45 2 L5 max thick breit breit 1 thick H H min 15 Ø 53 17 L6 max Clevis Mounting Kit min 15 C45 = 2 Clevis eyes. Delivered assembled to shock absorber. Use positive stop at both ends of travel. SF45 45 21 H14 46 65 Clevis Flange Ø h9 Ø 9 15 6 27 Bolzensicherung Pin Retainer SF45 = Flange + 4 screws Mx DI 9 Tightening torque 7.5 m, clamping torque > 140 m Conforms to: Audi + VW 39D1307/2/032, VDMA 24562 part 2 Daimler Chr. B015023647, Opel-GM M139175 29 Secure with pin or use additional bar. Due to limited force capacity the respective ability should be reviewed by ACE. Dimensions Type 1 Stroke A max B max L1 min L1 max L2 L3 L5 max L6 max mm MC, MA, ML4525M 25 145 23 32 66 95 66 43 0 MC, MA, ML4550M 50 195 4.5 40 92 1 91 6 250 MC, MA4575M 75 246 74 50 11 145 1 93 300 1 ominal stroke length (without integral stop collar fitted). 40 Capacity Chart MC45 Max. Energy Capacity Type Self-Compensating 2 W 3 m/cycle W 4 Self-Contained m/h W 4 with Air/ Oil Tank m/h W 4 with Oil Recirculation m/h 1 Effective Weight me Soft Hard -0-1 -2-3 -4 min max min max min max min max min max kg kg kg kg kg Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com Min. Return Force Max. Return Force Rod Reset Time s Max. Side Load Angle MC4525M 340 7 000 15 000 192 000 7-27 - 90 0-3 260-50 90-3 540 70 0 0.03 4 1.13 MC4550M 60 1 000 192 000 24 000 13-54 45-10 150-6 5-90 1 00-7 0 70 145 0.0 3 1.36 MC4575M 1 0 146 000 225 000 22 000-0 70-270 230-930 790-3140 2 650-600 50 10 0.11 2 1.59 Capacity Chart MA/ML45 Max. Energy Capacity Type Adjustable 1 W 3 W 4 m/cycle Self-Contained m/h W 4 with Air/ Oil Tank m/h W 4 with Oil Recirculation m/h 1 Effective Weight me Min. Return Force Max. Return Force Rod Reset Time s Max. Side Load Angle me min. me max. kg MA4525M 390 7 000 15 000 192 000 40-000 70 0 0.03 4 1.13 ML4525M 390 7 000 15 000 192 000 3 000-1 000 70 0 0.03 4 1.13 MA4550M 70 1 000 192 000 24 000 70-14 500 70 145 0.0 3 1.36 ML4550M 70 1 000 192 000 24 000 5 000-10 000 70 145 0.0 3 1.5 MA4575M 1 170 146 000 225 000 22 000 70-15 000 50 10 0.11 2 1.59 1 The effective weight range limits can be raised or lowered to special order 2 For Emergency Use Only applications it is sometimes possible to exceed the above ratings. Please consult ACE for further details. Specifications relate to the effective stroke length (B max.). Weight kg Weight kg

Industrial Shock Absorbers MC/MA/ML45 Shock Absorber Accessories M45x1.5 M45 PP45 QF45 Ø 9 Ø 55,6 Ø 42 Clamping Klemmschlitz slot 9,5 A max 19,4 see siehe shock Stoßdämpfer absorber dims. 42 56 Thickness Breite mm Locking Ring Poly Button Square Flange BV4525 Optional button with elastomer insert for noise suppression. Option supplied ready mounted onto the shock absorber. For self installation see mounting instructions on page 4. BV4550 Install with 4 machine screws with tightening torque: 27 m clamping torque: > 0 m AS45 41 M45x1,5 23 M64x2 max. Ø 40 M45x1,5 4,5 M64x2 max. Ø 40 30 Ø 57 0 52 29 130 0 54,5 55,5 Side Load Adaptor Mounting, installation etc. see pages 34 to 35 and 45. Side Load Adaptor Switch Stop Collar inc. Proximity Switch and Poly Button with elastomer insert PB4525 1 A max 154 PB4550 1 A max 4,5 Ø Ø Ø 4 Ø 4 25 37 50 62,5 Steel Shroud Mounting, installation etc. see pages 33 and 45. Steel Shroud 1 Total installation length of the shock absorber inc. steel shroud Interchange Parts for the earlier MC-Types available on request. Ordering Example Adjustable Thread Size M45 Stroke 25 mm Metric Thread (omitted when using thread UF 1 3/4-) ML4525M Model Type Prefix Standard Models Self-Contained with Return Spring MC self-compensating MA adjustable ML adjustable, for lower impact velocity Special Models Air/Oil Return without Return Spring MCA, MAA, MLA Air/Oil Return with Return Spring MCS, MAS, MLS Self-Contained without Return Spring MC, MA, ML Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 41

Industrial Shock Absorbers MC/MA/ML64 Self-Compensating and Adjustable Adjuster Einstellring Ring (only (nur MA und and ML) Ø 76 Positive Festanschlag Stop 42 M64x2 Ø 4 9,5 L2 Ø 60 B max A max Thread Gewinde UF UF 2/- 2 1/2- also available on Bei einem ote: Hub 150 mm von stroke 150 mmodel entfällt does dienot Aninclude stop collar and request (Omit suffi x -M from Part umber) positive stop is provided by the rod button which is 60 mm dia. S64 0 40 0 Adjuster (only MA and ML) Because of the thread pitch the fixing holes for the second foot mount should only be drilled and tapped after the first foot mount has been fixed in position. R,5 L1 max min 25 Side Foot Mounting Kit S64 = 2 Flanges + 4 Screws Mx0, DI 9 C64 35 L5 max 25 24 thick breit breit 35 24 thick H H min 30 Ø 74 Ø 50 1 30 L6 max Clevis Mounting Kit L3 min C64 = 2 Clevis eyes. Delivered assembled to shock absorber. 1 with 150 mm stroke Dia. 60 mm. Order C64/150. Use positive stop at both ends of travel. Ø11,5 7 Tightening torque: 50 m Clamping torque: > 350 m SF64 65 25 H14 72 95 Clevis Flange Ø h9 Ø11 22 36 Pin Bolzensicherung Retainer SF64 = Flange + 4 Screws Mx DI 9 Tightening Torque 15 m Conforms to: Audi + VW 39D1307/2/032, VDMA 24562 part 2 Daimler Chr. B015023647, Opel-GM M139175 45 Secure with pin or use additional bar. Due to limited force capacity the respective ability should be reviewed by ACE. Dimensions Type 1 Stroke A max B max L1 min L1 max L2 L3 L5 max L6 max ML6425M 25 174 23 40 6 114 75.5 60 260 MC, MA, ML6450M 50 225 4.5 50 1 140 0 5 3 MC, MA640M 0 326 99.5 64 2 191 152 136 4 MC, MA64150M 150 450 150 0 2 241 226 17 530 1 ominal stroke length (without integral stop collar fitted). 42 Capacity Chart MC64 Max. Energy Capacity Type Self-Compensating 2 W 3 m/cycle W 4 Self-Contained m/h W 4 with Air/ Oil Tank m/h W 4 with Oil Recirculation m/h 1 Effective Weight me Soft Hard -0-1 -2-3 -4 min max min max min max min max min max kg kg kg kg kg Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com Min. Return Force Max. Return Force Rod Reset Time s Max. Side Load Angle MC6450M 1 700 146 000 293 000 34 000 35-140 140-540 460-1 50 1 600-6 300 5 300-21 0 90 155 0. 4 2.9 MC640M 3 400 192 000 34 000 497 000 70-20 270-1 0 930-3 700 3 150-600 600-42 500 5 270 0.34 3 3.7 MC64150M 5 0 24 000 497 000 644 000 0-460 4-1 640 1 390-5 600 4 700-1 00 000-63 700 75 365 0.4 2 5.1 Capacity Chart MA/ML64 Max. Energy Capacity Type Adjustable 2 W 3 m/cycle W 4 Self-Contained m/h W 4 with Air/ Oil Tank m/h W 4 with Oil Recirculation m/h 1 Effective Weight me 1 The effective weight range limits can be raised or lowered to special order 2 For Emergency Use Only applications it is sometimes possible to exceed the above ratings. Please consult ACE for further details. Specifications relate to the effective stroke length (B max.). Min. Return Force Max. Return Force Rod Reset Time s Max. Side Load Angle me min. me max. kg ML6425M 1 0 4 000 24 000 332 000 7 000-300 000 1 155 0.06 5 2.5 MA6450M 2 040 146 000 293 000 34 000 2-50 000 90 155 0. 4 2.9 ML6450M 2 040 146 000 293 000 34 000 11 000-500 000 90 155 0. 4 2.9 MA640M 4 00 192 000 34 000 497 000 270-52 000 5 270 0.34 3 3.7 MA64150M 6 1 24 000 497 000 644 000 330-0 000 75 365 0.4 2 5.1 Weight kg Weight kg

Industrial Shock Absorbers MC/MA/ML64 Shock Absorber Accessories M64x2 M64 PP64 QF64 Ø11 9,5 Ø76 A max 19,1 see siehe shock Stoßdämpfer absorber dims. Ø 60 5 0 Clamping Klemmschlitz slot Thickness Breite mm Locking Ring Poly Button Square Flange BV6425 Optional button with elastomer insert for noise suppression. Option supplied ready mounted onto the shock absorber. For self installation see mounting instructions on page 4. BV6450 Install with 4 machine screws with tightening torque 50 m clamping torque > 2 m QF90 43 M64x2 23 M90x2 max. M64x2 4,5 M90x2 max. Ø11 Ø 56 Ø 56 Clamping Klemmschlitz slot 170 0 30 170 0 55 0 1 Thickness Breite mm Side Load Adaptor Mounting installation see pages 34 and 45. PB6425 1 A max 14,5 Side Load Adaptor PB6450 1 A max 236 Square Flange Install with 4 machine screws with tightening torque: 50 m clamping torque: > 2 m Ø 30 Ø 67 Ø 30 Ø 67 25 40 50 69 Steel Shroud Mounting, installation etc. see pages 33 and 45. Steel Shroud 1 Total installation length of the shock absorber inc. steel shroud Interchange Parts for the earlier MC-Types available on request. Ordering Example Adjustable Thread Size M64 Stroke 50 mm Metric Thread (omitted when using thread UF 2 1/2-) MA6450M Model Type Prefix Standard Models Self-Contained with Return Spring MC self-compensating MA adjustable ML adjustable, for lower impact velocity Special Models Air/Oil Return without Return Spring MCA, MAA, MLA Air/Oil Return with Return Spring MCS, MAS, MLS Self-Contained without Return Spring MC, MA, ML Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 43

Interchange Details A11/2 Replacement with the MAGUM Series MA64 and MC64 Earlier Model MAGUM Series 44 Code Adjustable 1 W 3 Stroke Adjustable 1 W 3 Stroke Self-Compensating 1 W 3 Stroke mm mm mm 1 A11/2x2 2 350 50 MA6450M 2 040 50 MC6450M 1 700 50 2 A11/2x3 1/2 4 150 9 MA640M 4 00 0 MC640M 3 400 0 3 A11/2x5 5 900 7 MA640M 4 00 0 MC640M 3 400 0 4 A11/2x6 1/2 7 700 5 MA64150M 6 1 150 MC64150M 5 0 150 A11/2 x -R (Rear Flange) MA64, MC64 19 L1 76 2 Ø13 60 Hub L1 Flange QFR64-11/2 1 W 3 = max. energy capacity per cycle in m Dimensions Code L1 1 196 2 233 3 271 4 329 A11/2 x -F (Front Flange) MA64, MC64 19 L2 76 2 Ø13 Flange QFF64-11/2 L2 Dimensions Code L2 1 55 2 54 3 54 4 73 A11/2 x -S ( Side Foot Mounting) MA64, MC64 Dimensions L4 L3 51 1 2 140 5 Ø13 L4 L3 Code L3 L4 2 170 59 3 59 4 246 7 Foot Mount Set S64-11/2 A11/2 x -C (Clevis Mounting) MA64, MC64 31, Ø 19,1 Ø 19,1 19 L5 min max 15,9 3 31, Ø19,1 19 L5 min max Clevis Mount Set C64-11/2 utmutter Locking Ring M M64 Dimensions Ø 19,1 15,9 1 A11/2 1 MA64 Code L5 min L5 max L5 max 1 27.0 32.6 32.0 2 317.0 405.6 417.0 3 353.0 41. 453.0 4 4.0 577.0 562.0 3 1 ote! L5 max is not the same. 44 Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com

Mounting and Installation Hints For MAGUM M33x1.5 to M64x2 BV... Side Load Adaptor For side load impact angles from 3 to 25 With side load impact angles of more than 3 the operation Positive Stop lifetime of the shock absorber reduces rapidly due to increased Shock Absorber Threaded Body Plunger wear of rod bearings. The optional BV side load adaptor provides long lasting solution. Secure the side load adaptor with Loctite or locknut on the shock absorber. BV3325 (M45x1.5) for MC, MA, ML3325M (M33x1.5) BV3350 (M45x1.5) for MC, MA, ML3350M (M33x1.5) BV4525 (M64x2) für MC, MA, ML4525M (M45x1.5) BV4550 (M64x2) for MC, MA, ML4550M (M45x1,5) BV6425 (M90x2) for ML6425M (M64x2) BV6450 (M90x2) for MC, MA, ML6450M (M64x2) Material: Threaded body and plunger hardened high tensile steel. Mounting: Directly mount the shock absorber/side mount assembly on the outside thread of the side load adaptor or by using the QF flange. You cannot use a foot mount. 45 Calculation example see page 34. PB... Steel Shroud Positive Stop For thread sizes M33x1.5, M45x1.5 and M64x2 with 25 or 50 mm stroke. Grinding beads, sand welding, splatter, paints and adhesives etc. can adhere to the piston rod. They then damage the rod seals and the shock absorber quickly fails. In many cases the installation of the optional steel shroud can provide worthwhile protection and increase lifetime. Material: Hardened high tensile steel. Mounting: To mount the PB steel shroud it is necessary to remove the rod end button of the shock absorber. ote! When installing don t forget to allow operating space for the shroud to move as the shock absorber is cycled. Stroke Shock Absorber Steel Shroud AS... Switch Stop Collar Proximity Switch For thread sizes M33x1.5 and M45x1.5 The ACE Stop Light Switch Stop Collar combination serves as a safety element to provide stroke position information for automatically sequenced machines. The compact construction allows its use in nearly any application. The standard rod button is detected by the proximity switch at the end of its stroke to provide switch actuation. The switch is normally open when the shock absorber is extended and only closes when it has completed its operating stroke. The AS Switch Stop Collar combination is only delivered ready mounted onto the shock absorber c/w the switch. Material: Hardened high tensile steel. For circuit diagram of proximity switch see page 35. Positive Stop Shock Absorber Switch Stop Collar Steel Button with Elastomer Insert Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 45

Industrial Shock Absorbers MAGUM 33-HT to 64-HT For High Ambient Temperatures and/or High Cycle Rates Festanschlag Positive Stop M D2 46 L2 A max D1 B max Dimensions and Capacity Chart Type 1 Stroke Part umber mm A max. B D1 D2 L2 M MC3325M 25 13 23.0 30 25 3 M33x1.5 155 215 000 2 000 4 0.45 MC3350M 50 19 4.5 30 25 M33x1.5 3 244 000 93 000 3 0.54 MC4525M 25 145 23.0 42 35 95 M45x1.5 340 307 000 117 000 4 1.13 MC4550M 50 195 4.5 42 35 1 M45x1.5 60 321 000 2 000 3 1.36 MC6450M 50 225 4.5 60 4 140 M64x2 1 700 419 000 159 000 4 2.90 MC640M 0 326 99.5 60 4 191 M64x2 3 400 550 000 0 000 3 3.70 1 ominal stroke length (without stop collar fitted) Max. Energy Capacity m per cycle m per hour Max. Side Weight at C at 0 C Load Angle kg W 3 max. m W 4 max. m W 4 max. m The calculation and selection of the most suitable shock absorber (effective weight range) for your application should be carried out or checked by ACE Controls. Adjustable models are also available on request. Ordering Example MC3350M-2-HT Details Required when Ordering: Self-Compensating Thread Size M33 Stroke 50 mm Metric Thread (omitted when using thread UF) Effective Weight Range Code Version for High Temperature Use Load to be Decelerated m (kg) Impact Velocity v (m/s) Propelling Force F () Operating Cycles per Hour x (/hr) umber of Absorbers in Parallel n Ambient Temperature C Technical Data Impact velocity range: 0.15 to 5 m/s, up to m/s on request. Operating fluid: Special temperature stable synthetic oil Material: Shock absorber body: itride hardened steel. Accessories: Steel with black oxide finish or nitride hardened. Piston rod: Steel hardened and chrome plated. Rod end button: Hardened steel with black oxide finish. Return spring: Zinc plated or plastic-coated. For optimum heat dissipation do not paint shock absorber. Mounting: In any position Operating temperature range: - C to 150 C Capacity rating: For emergency applications it is sometimes possible to exceed above max. capacity ratings (please consult ACE for details). The above W 4 ratings (max. energy m per hour) can sometimes be increased by using an external air/oil tank (see page 47) and model version prefix MCA (please consult ACE for further details). On request: Plated finishes for additional corrosion protection. 46 Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com

Air/Oil Tanks AO1 AO3 AO691 2,5 3 5 Ø 43 95 5 13 2 195 334 Ø 6 Ø 152 Ø,5 7 22 PT 1/",2 17 47,5 PTF 3/" PTF 1/2" 1/2 (G 3/")**,5 92 PTF 3/4" 3/4 (G 3/4")** Oil capacity cm 3 Material: Alu. caps and polycarbonate body. Max. pressure bar. Max. temperature 0 C. Oil filling: ATF-Oil 42 cst at 40 C for all shock absorbers in MAGUM Series. Mount air/oil tank higher than shock absorber. Bleed all air from system before operating. Attention: Exhaust tank before carrying out service. Check valve holds pressure! Suggested Air/Oil tanks in accordance with W 4 ratings Oil capacity 330 cm 3 Material: Alu. caps and steel body polycarbonate sight gauge. Part umbers Oil capacity 2600 cm 3 Material: Alu. caps and steel body polycarbonate sight gauge. Type With Tank Examples 1-4 With Recirc. Circuits Ex. 5-6 Conn. Pipe. Ø Tank on-return Valve Tank on-return Valve Min. MCA, MAA, MLA33 AO1 CV1/ AO3 CV1/4 4 MCA, MAA, MLA45 AO1 CV1/ AO3 CV3/ 6 MCA, MAA, MLA64 AO3 CV1/4 AO691 CV1/2 CAA, AA2 AO691 CV1/2 AO2 CV3/4 15 CAA, AA3 AO691 CV1/2 AO2 CV3/4 19 CAA4 AO2 CV3/4 AO2 CV3/4 3 AO2 details on request. 47 Connection Examples Air/Oil Tanks 1 2 3 on-return valve CV Pipe short as possible. Max. pressure bar. Pressure regulator Piston rod returns immediately to extended position when load moves away. Operation without main air supply possible for short periods. Return stroke may be sequenced by pneumatic valve at any desired time. o return force until valve energised. Return force can be adjusted by pressure regulator. Ensure safe minimum pressure to return shock absorber. 4 5 6 Spring return with air/oil tank. o air supply connected. ote: Will extend return time. Thread Sizes for connection to air/oil tank Type Thread Thread Bottom Side 2 MCA, MAA, MLA33 G1/ inside 1 G1/ inside MCA, MAA, MLA45 G1/ inside G1/ inside MCA, MAA, MLA64 G1/4 inside G1/4 inside 1 adapted 2 on request (add suffix -PG/-P) Tee-piece Special unit necessary Oil recirculation circuit for extreme high cycle rates. Warm oil is positively circulated through air/oil tank for increased heat dissipation. Part umbers CV Max. pressure: bar Max. temperature: 95 C Suitable for: Oil, air, water. Material: Aluminium C C Pipe as short as possible Connection of two shock absorbers to one air/oil tank is possible. Use next larger size tank. Combination with examples 2, 3 and 5 possible. Type Part o. A B C CV1/ 19 24 1/ CV1/4 29 33 1/4 CV3/ 29 33 3/ CV1/2 41 40 1/2 CV3/4 4 59 3/4 A B Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 47

Mounting Hints and Operation Details 4 Mechanical Stop The MAGUM Series units have a built in stop collar (mechanical stop) which also serves as the front adjuster. If using a shock absorber without a stop collar it is important to install a mechanical stop 0.5 to 1mm before the end of the stroke. General For optimum heat dissipation do not paint the shock absorber. For applications in environments with acids, dusts or powders, abrasives, steam or water please protect the shock absorber and/or consider the special accessories on page 45. The shock absorber should be securely mounted onto a flat and smooth surface of adequate strength. Self Compensating Models Stop Collar + Front Adjuster 1 Rear Adjuster 1 1 MA and ML only The MC family of shock absorbers are self compensating. Providing the effective weight on the application remains within the band given in the capacity charts then no adjustment is necessary for changes in weights, speeds or propelling force. These units are available with five standard operating bands (me min. me max.) and are identified by the suffix number after the model which goes from -0 (very soft) up to -4 (very hard). The optimum deceleration is achieved when there is no abrupt change in the load velocity at the beginning or the end of the shock absorber stroke. If there is a hard impact at the start of stroke use the next softer version (i.e. lower suffix number). If there is a hard setdown at the end of stroke use the next harder version, or mount two units in parallel. Alternatively change to a larger bore size unit. Contact ACE for further advice. Adjustable Models The adjustment has a graduated scale from 0 to 9. The adjuster in the body of MA/ML64 has a side mounted locking screw which should be loosened (1/2 turn max.) with a hex. key before commencing adjustment. The MAGUM Series units can be adjusted by the hex. socket at the rear of the body or by rotating the front stop collar. Both adjusters are internally connected and will show the same adjustment value on the scales as they are turned. After installation cycle the equipment a few times and turn the adjustment until optimum deceleration is achieved (i.e. no abrupt change in the load velocity observed at the beginning or at the end of shock absorber stroke). The shock absorber is delivered set at 5. If there is a hard impact at start of stroke adjust the unit softer i.e. towards 9 on the scale. If there is a hard setdown at end of stroke adjust the unit harder i.e. towards 0. Adjustment approaching 0 means: a) Impact velocity is too low: consider changing to Model type ML or: b) Shock absorber selected is too small: use next larger size or mount 2 units in parallel. Mounting Options Basic Model Flange Mounting Side Foot Mounting Clevis Mounting Removing Rod End Button Press fit Clamp button in vice and Drive out piston rod (screw loctited for security). loosen screw 3 or 4 turns. with punch as shown. Repairs It is possible to overhaul ACE shock absorbers in M33 sizes and larger. We would recommend that damaged or worn shock absorbers are returned to ACE for repair. You will find that this is more economic than the comparative cost of repairing yourself. Spare parts and seal kits etc. are available however if required. 4 Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com

Special Shock Absorbers Adjustable and Self-Compensating ACE can also offer more than its already extensive range of standard products covering body sizes from M5 up to M130. For over 40 years we have designed and developed many customer specific specials. These include units with special damping characteristics for unusual applications or non-standard materials or operating fluids. Special seals and mounting accessories for customers specific applications are also available. Below are a few examples of the thousands of special options that we have provided in the past. Special shock absorbers with damping in the pull direction. Available in medium bore sizes from M33x1.5 to M64x2. Ask for details. Special shock absorbers with non-standard spring for higher return force. For sizes from M33x1.5 upwards. Ask for details. 49 Special shock absorbers with lengthened piston rods and clevis mounts for extended mounting points. Available in all sizes from M33x1.5 upwards. Ask for details. Special shock absorbers with guided anti-rotation head with built in roller for damping and then allowing the sideways transfer of heavy loads. Available on heavy duty units from M0x2 upwards. Ask for details. Shock absorbers with special anti-corrosion finishes. Options include plated or painted finishes, weartec finish for saltwater protection and units with all exposed parts manufactured from V4A Stainless Steel. Type 1 Part o. MC150M-V4A MC150MH-V4A MC150MH2-V4A MC225M-V4A MC225MH-V4A MC225MH2-V4A MC600M-V4A MC600MH-V4A MC600MH2-V4A 1 For technical details see page 21. Middle bore sizes M33x1.5 and M45x1.5 by quotation. Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 49

Heavy Industrial Shock Absorbers CA2 to CA4 Self-Compensating 50 The CA2 to CA4 complete the ACE product range of self-compensating shock absorbers. With these units ACE has a continous range of self-compensating units to handle effective weights from 0.3 kg up to 326 000 kg. The robust CA Series units are designed for really heavy duty applications. Damage caused by errors in adjustment setting is ruled out by their self-compensating design. You can select the correct model for your application using the ACE Selection Program or by using the capacity chart. In comparison with the earlier SAHS range the CA2" has 70 % and the CA3" 25 % higher capacity. The CA units are maintenance free and available self-contained or for use with an external air/oil tank. Rod Button Return Spring Piston Rod Main Bearing Piston Accumulator Outer Body Pressure Chamber with Metering Orifices 50 Positive stop: Install mechanical stop 2.5 mm to 3 mm before the end of stroke. Impact velocity range: 0.3 m/s up to 5 m/s Operating fluid: Automatic Transmission Fluid (ATF) 42cSt. at 40 C Material: Steel body with black oxide finish. Piston rod high tensile steel, hardened and chrome plated. Return spring zinc plated. To avoid reducing heat dissipation do not paint outer body. Capacity rating: For emergency use only applications it may be possible to exceed published energy per cycle (W 3 ) figures. Please consult ACE for further details. Mounting: In any position Operating temperature range: - C to +5 C On request: Special oils, or for higher or lower impact velocities outside range shown above, or other options please consult ACE.

Heavy Industrial Shock Absorbers A11/2 to A3 Adjustable The adjustable shock absorbers of the ACE Product Series A11/2 to A3 cover an effective weight range from 0.3 kg up to 4 000 kg. The robust A Series units are designed for really heavy duty applications. The units are adjusted by means of a socket head screw in the rear end. The adjustable A series can replace the older SAHS series units with the same mounting dimensions. (Ask ACE for assistance.) The A units are maintenance free and self-contained. Rod Button 51 Return Spring Piston Rod Main Bearing Piston Accumulator Outer Body Pressure Chamber with Metering Orifices Positive stop: Install mechanical stop 2.5 mm to 3 mm before the end of stroke. Adjustment: Turning the adjustment screw towards 0 makes the unit harder and towards 9 makes it softer. Impact velocity range: 0.1 up to 5 m/s Operating fluid: HLP 46 viscosity 46cSt. at 40 C Material: Steel body with black oxide finish. Piston rod high tensile steel hardened and chrome plated. Return spring zinc plated. To avoid reducing heat dissipation do not paint outer body. Capacity rating: For emergency use only applications it may be possible to exceed published energy per cycle (W 3 ) figures. Please consult ACE for further details. Mounting: In any position Operating temperature range: - C to +5 C On request: Special oils, or for higher or lower impact velocities outside range shown above, or other options please consult ACE. Adjustment 51

Heavy Industrial Shock Absorbers A11/2 Adjustable Rear Flange -R Front Flange -F 76 76 19 2 L1 Ø13 19 L2 2 Ø13 52 Clevis Mounting -C Foot Mounting -S 2 31, Ø 19,1 Ø 19,1 19 L5 min max 15,9 3 51 1 L4 140 L3 5 Foot mounting not available on 2" stroke models. Ø13 Install mechanical stop 2.5 mm to 3 mm before the end of stroke. Ordering Example Adjustable Bore Size Ø 1 1/2" Stroke Length 2" = 50. mm Rear Flange Mounting Dimensions A 11/2 x 2 R Model Type Prefix A = self-contained with return spring (This is standard model) AA = air/oil return without return spring. Use only with external air/oil tank A = self-contained without return spring SA = air/oil return with return spring. Use only with external air/oil tank Type Stroke L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 mm A11/2x2 50 195.2 54.2 277. - 32.6 A11/2x31/2 9 233 54.2 170 5.6 3.6-405.6 A11/2x5 7 271.5 54.2 5.6 354. - 41. A11/2x61/2 5 329 73 246 7 4-577 Capacity Chart Type 2 W 3 m/cycle Max. Energy Capacity 3 W 4 Self-Contained m/h 3 W 4 with Air/Oil Tank m/h 1 Effective Weight me me min. kg me max. kg Min. Return Force Max. Return Force Rod Reset Time s Max. Side Load Angle A11/2x2 2 350 362 000 452 000 195 32 000 0 2 0.1 5 7.5 A11/2x31/2 4 150 633 000 791 000 21 36 000 1 2 0.25 4.9 A11/2x5 5 900 904 000 1 130 000 227 41 000 90 230 0.4 3.3 A11/2x61/2 7 700 1 10 000 1 469 000 30 45 000 90 430 0.4 2 1 The effective weight range limits can be raised or lowered to special order. 2 For emergency use only applications it may be possible to exceed these max. capacity ratings. Please consult ACE for further details. 3 Figures for oil recirculation systems on request. Weight kg 52 Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com

Heavy Industrial Shock Absorbers CA2 and A2 Self-Compensating and Adjustable Rear Flange -R Front Flange -F Ø35 Ø17 Ø17 E M0x2 19 19 B max A max 111 140 Ø (1) 19 19 A max B max 111 140 Adjuster Einstellschraube Model Type A2 only A2 Dims. in ( ) for Model A2 only Einstellschraube Adjuster Model Type A2 only A2 Foot Mounting S0 15 32 15 C D max Ø1 0 190 36 60 60 53 Adjuster Einstellschraube Model Type A2 only A2 Dimensions of clevis mountings available on request. OTE! For replacement of existing SAHS 2" foor mounted units order the old type foot mounting S2-A. Ordering Example Self-Compensating Bore Size Ø 2" Stroke Length 4" = 2 mm Effective Weight Range Version Front Flange Mounting Dimensions CA 2 x 4-3 F Model Type Prefix A, CA = self-contained with return spring (This is standard model) AA, CAA = air/oil return without return spring. Use only with external air/oil tank A, CA = self-contained without return spring SA, CSA = air/oil return with return spring. Use only with external air/oil tank Type Stroke A max B max C D max E mm 2x2 50 313 1 173 5 70 2x4 2 414 0 224 175 70 2x6 152 5 211 275 226 70 2x 3 643 27 326 302 92 2x 254 745 33 377 353 Capacity Chart CA2 Max. Energy Capacity Type 2 W 3 m/cycle 3 W 4 Self- Contained m/h Capacity Chart A2 Max. Energy Capacity Type 2 W 3 m/cycle 3 W 4 with Air/Oil Tank m/h 3 W 4 Self-Contained m/h 1 Effective Weight me Soft Hard -1-2 -3-4 min kg max min kg max min kg max min kg max 3 W 4 with Air/Oil Tank m/h 1 Effective Weight me me min. kg me max. kg Min. Return Force Min. Return Force Max. Return Force Max. Return Force Rod Reset Time s Rod Reset Time s Max. Side Load Angle CA2x2 3 600 1 0 000 1 350 000 700-2 0 1 00-5 400 4 500-13 600 11 300-34 000 2 25 0.25 3. CA2x4 7 0 1 350 000 1 700 000 1 400-4 400 3 600-11 000 9 0-27 0 22 600-6 000 150 25 0.5 3 14. CA2x6 00 1 600 000 2 000 000 2 0-6 500 5 400-300 13 600-40 00 34 000-2 000 150 400 0.6 3.9 CA2x 14 500 1 900 000 2 400 000 2 900-700 7 0-21 700 1 0-54 400 45 300-136 000 230 650 0.7 3 19.3 CA2x 1 000 2 0 000 2 700 000 3 600-11 000 9 0-27 0 22 600-6 000 56 600-170 000 0 460 0. 3 22. Max. Side Load Angle A2x2 3 600 1 0 000 1 350 000 250 77 000 2 25 0.25 3 14.3 A2x4 9 000 1 350 000 1 700 000 250 2 000 150 25 0.5 3.7 A2x6 13 500 1 600 000 2 000 000 260 6 000 150 400 0.6 3 19.3 A2x 19 0 1 900 000 2 400 000 260 90 000 230 650 0.7 3 22.3 A2x 23 700 2 0 000 2 700 000 3 113 000 0 460 0. 3 26.3 1 The effective weight range limits can be raised or lowered to special order. 2 For emergency use only applications it may be possible to exceed these max. capacity ratings. Please consult ACE for further details. 3 Figures for oil recirculation systems on request. Weight kg Weight kg Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 53

Heavy Industrial Shock Absorbers CA3 and A3 Self-Compensating and Adjustable Rear Flange -R Front Flange -F Ø 45 Ø 17 Ø17 1 4 152 M130x2 4 152 54 25 25 B max A max 136,5 5 Adjuster Einstellschraube - Model A3 Type only A3 Ø 140 (155) 25 25 A max B max Dims. in ( ) for Model A3 only 136,5 5 Adjuster Einstellschraube - Model A3 Type only A3 Foot Mounting S130 0 25 45 25 C D max Ø 17 2 254 44 0 Adjuster Einstellschraube - Model A3 Type only A3 Dimensions of Clevis Mountings available on request. OTE! For replacement of existing SAHS 3" foot mounted units please consult ACE. Ordering Example Adjustable Bore Size Ø 3" Stroke Length " = 3 mm Rear Flange Mounting A 3 x R Model Type Prefix A, CA = self-contained with return spring (This is standard model) AA, CAA = air/oil return without return spring. Use only with external air/oil tank A, CA = self-contained without return spring SA, CSA = air/oil return with return spring. Use only with external air/oil tank Dimensions Type Stroke mm A max B max C D max 3x5 7 502 2 260 2 3x 3 641 26 337 292 3x 305 90 433 43 439 Capacity Chart CA3 Max. Energy Capacity Type 2 W 3 m/cycle 3 W 4 Self- Contained m/h Capacity Chart A3 Max. Energy Capacity Type 2 W 3 m/cycle 3 W 4 with Air/Oil Tank m/h 3 W 4 Self-Contained m/h 1 Effective Weight me Soft Hard -1-2 -3-4 3 W 4 with Air/Oil Tank m/h 1 Effective Weight me me min. kg me max. kg Min. Return Force Min. Return Force Max. Return Force Max. Return Force Rod Reset Time s Max. Side Load Angle A3x5 15 00 2 260 000 2 00 000 40 154 000 270 7 0.6 3 32.7 A3x 2 0 3 600 000 4 5 000 540 11 500 20 740 0. 3 3.5 A3x 44 000 5 400 000 6 70 000 6 4 000 270 730 1.2 3 47.6 1 The effective weight range limits can be raised or lowered to special order. 2 For emergency use only applications it may be possible to exceed these max. capacity ratings. Please consult ACE for further details. 3 Figures for oil recirculation systems on request. Rod Reset Time s Max. Side Load Angle CA3x5 14 5 2 260 000 2 00 000 2 900-700 7 250-21 700 1 0-54 350 45 300-135 900 270 7 0.6 3 2.9 CA3x 22 600 3 600 000 4 5 000 4 650-13 900 11 600-34 00 29 000-7 000 72 500-217 000 20 740 0. 3 33.4 CA3x 33 900 5 400 000 6 70 000 6 950-900 17 400-52 0 43 500-130 450 700-326 000 270 730 1.2 3 40.6 Weight kg Weight kg 54 Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com

Heavy Industrial Shock Absorbers CA4 Self-Compensating Rear Flange -R Front Flange -F Ø 54 (63,5) Ø 114 (7) 3 Ø 190 A max Dims. in ( ) for Model CA4x only B max 3 254 Ø 27 C max 3 D max 3 254 Ø 27 6 Tapped Holes (Primary Mounting) FRP Foot Mounting -S 2 PT 11/2" 6 x 60 Ø C max B max 159 Gewinde Thread 5/"- 5/"-1 UF UF Ø 27 22 22 E F max 5 4 114 70 55 Dimensions of clevis mountings available on request. Ordering Example Self-Compensating Bore Size Ø 4" Stroke Length " = 3 mm Effective Weight Range Version Rear Flange Mounting Dimensions CA/CSA CA 4 x -5 R Model Type Prefix CA = self-contained with return spring (This is standard model) CAA = air/oil return without return spring. Use only with air/oil tank for high energy capacity per hour figures CA = self-contained without return spring CSA = air/oil return with return spring. Use only with external air/oil tank Type Stroke A B C D E F mm 4x6 152 7 27 67 240 444 256 4x 3 1 329 70 291 495 307 4x 406 1 300 60.5 1 262.6 569 69 55 Dimensions CAA Type Stroke A B C D E F mm 4x6 152 666 22 62 190 444 6 4x 3 767 27 729 240 495 256 4x 406 1 174 42 1 136 444 69 460 Capacity Chart CA4 Max. Energy Capacity Type 2 W 3 m/cycle W 4 Self- Contained m/h W 4 with Air/ Oil Tank m/h W 4 with Oil Recirculation m/h 1 Effective Weight me Soft Medium Hard -3-5 -7 Min. Return Force 1 The effective weight range limits can be raised or lowered to special order. 2 For emergency use only applications it may be possible to exceed these max. capacity ratings. Please consult ACE for further details. Max. Return Force Rod Reset Time s CA4x6 47 500 3 000 000 5 0 000 6 600 000 3 500-600 600-1 600 1 600-42 700 40 00 1. 60 CA4x 63 300 3 400 000 5 600 000 7 300 000 5 000-11 400 11 400-25 000 25 000-57 000 3 00 2.3 6 CA4x 6 500 5 600 000 9 600 000 400 000 000-23 000 23 000-50 000 50 000-115 000 3 00 Ask 170 Weight kg Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 55

Installation Examples 56 ACE Shock absorbers for pneumatic cylinders For: optimum deceleration higher speeds smaller cylinders reduced air consumption smaller valves and pipework Example: MA3350M-Z (cylinder mounting) Seal with Tefl on tape or sealant With heavy loads or high velocities normal cylinder cushions are often overloaded. This causes shock loading leading to premature cylinder failure or excessive maintenance. Using oversized cylinders to withstand this shock loading is not the best solution since this considerably increases air consumption and costs. 2 Side load adapter for high side load angles R s The side loading is removed from the shock absorber piston rod leading to considerably longer life. See pages 34 and 45 for more details. Stroke s α 3 Undamped free travel with damped end position 3 Free travel The lever 1 swings with the pin 2 in a slotted hole around pivot point 3. The lever is smoothly decelerated at the extreme end of its travel. 2 1 4 One shock absorber for both ends of travel Pivot point of lever It is possible to use only one shock absorber for both end positions by using different pivot points as shown. Tip: Leave approx. 1.5 mm of shock absorber stroke free at each end of travel. Shock absorber stroke Shock absorber stroke 5 Double acting shock absorber With a little additional work a normal unidirectional shock absorber can be converted to work in 2 directions by using a mechanism as shown. 6 Air bleed collar By using the air bleed adapter the operating lifetime of shock absorbers in aggressive environments can be considerably increased. The adapter protects the shock absorber seals from cutting fluids, cleaning agents, cooking oil etc. by using a low pressure air bleed. For more details see page 33. 56 Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com

Installation Examples 7 Double stroke length 50 % lower reaction force (Q) 50 % lower deceleration (a) By driving 2 shock absorbers against Stroke one another nose-to-nose, the effective stroke length can be doubled. Ride over latch.1 The latch absorbs the kinetic.1.2 energy so that the object contacts the fixed stop gently..2 The latch absorbs the rotational energy of the turntable etc. The turntable can then be held in the datum position with a lock bolt or similar. 57 9 Rotary actuator or rack and pinion drive The use of ACE shock absorbers allows higher operating speeds and weights as well as protecting the drive mechanism and housing from shock loads. Adjustable stop clamp e.g. for handling equipment The gentle deceleration of ACE shock absorbers makes the use of adjustable stop clamps possible and removes any chance of the clamp slipping. The kinetic energy is completely removed before the mechanical stop is reached thus making high index speeds possible. 11 Ride-over latch e.g. firedoor Increasing stroke length mechanically Door Safety travel (prevents tapping) The fire door travels quickly until it reaches the lever. It is then gently decelerated by the lever mounted shock absorber and closes without shock or danger to personnel. By means of a lever the effective stroke length can be increased and mounting space to the left reduced. Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 57

Miniature Shock Absorbers Application Examples 5 ACE Miniature Shock Absorbers are the right alternative. This pneumatic module for high precision, high speed motion intentionally abandoned pneumatic end-oftravel damping. The compact miniature shock absorbers of the type MC25MH-B decelerate the linear motion safer and faster when reaching the end-oftravel position. They accept the moving load gently and decelerate it smoothly throughout the entire stroke length. Additional advantages: simpler construction, smaller pneumatic valves, lower maintenance costs as well as reduced compressed air consumption. Constant resisting force Miniature shock absorber in linear pneumatic module ACE Miniature Shock Absorbers optimise production with minimum expenditure. The cycle rate for an assembly line producing electronic components was increased to 3 600 units/hr by using ACE shock absorbers. Miniature shock absorbers type SC190M-1 decelerate the rapid transfer movements on the production line and using soft damping methods optimise the pick up and set down of components. This soft deceleration technique has increased production and reduced maintenance on the portal and rotary actuator modules. The optional side load adaptor protects the shock absorber from high side load forces and increases the operating lifetime. Using ACE shock absorbers reduces maintenance costs by 50 % and running costs by %, diminishing energy consumption. Stroke Soft end-of-travel damping on rotary movements α R s Optimalised production in the electronics industry 5 Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com

Industrial Shock Absorbers Application Examples ACE industrial shock absorbers offer safety to spare for swiveling or braking of large telescope. The optical system of this telescope for special observations is moveable in two space coordinates. The structure in which the telescope is mounted weighs 15 000 kg and consists of a turntable with drives and two wheel disks rotating on bearings. It enables a rotation by ± 90 from horizon to horizon. To safeguard the telescope in case of overshooting the respective swiveling limits, industrial shock absorbers of the type ML3325M are used as braking elements. Should the telescope inadvertently overshoot the permissible swivel range, they will safely damp the travel of the valuable telescope. 59 Safe swiveling Perfect overshoot protection for precision telescope ACE industrial shock absorbers optimize portal for machine loading and increase productivity. This device driven by piston rod-less pneumatic cylinders, in which two gripper slides are moving independently of each other at speeds of 2 to 2.5 m/sec., is equipped with industrial shock absorbers as brake systems. Their function is to stop a mass of 25 kg up to 540 times per hour. The model MC3350M-1-S was chosen for this application, allowing easy and extremely accurate adjustment of the end positions of the adjustable limit stops. In comparison to brake systems with other function principles, shock absorbers allow higher travel speeds and shorter cycle sequences. Quicker, gentle positioning Industrial shock absorbers optimize portal operation Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 59

Safety Shock Absorbers SCS300 and 650 60 The safety shock absorber series SCS300 to 650 are based on the innovative technology of the SC² series by ACE. By combining the piston and inner tube, an energy capacity up to 525 m can be achieved for emergency use. With the smaller thread size of Mx1.5 and M25x1.5 the successful series from ACE is now completed. Through the highest possible energy absorption capacity in this unique compact design, this versatile series of safety shock absorbers are suitable for a great variety of emergency uses, such as the smaller and faster linear drives being designed today and also presents: freedom from rebound forces increase in process reliability elimination of destructive forces prevention of expensive machine failures Stop Collar Rod Seal Main Bearing Membrane Accumulator Piston Pressure Chamber with Metering Orifices Outer Body Return Spring 60 Impact cycles per hour: max. 1 Life expectancy: Self-compensating version: max. 00 cycles. Optimised version: max. 5 cycles. Impact velocity range: On request Operating fluid: Synthetic oil Material: Shock absorber body: itride hardened steel. Accessories: Steel with black oxide finish. Piston rod: Hardened stainless steel. Energy capacity W 3 : At max. side load angle do not exceed 0 % of rated max. energy capacity below. Mounting: In any position Operating temperature range: 0 C to 66 C

Safety Shock Absorbers SCS300 and 650 SCS300 KM MBSC2 SW23 AF23 Ø 24, Mx1,5 Mx1,5 Standard Dimensions B A max Ø 17 Locknut Mx1,5 SW23 AF23 M 34 50 Mounting Block 25 13 Breite Thickness mm SC650 SW30 AF30 Ø 30 KM25 MB25SC2 M25x1,5 M25x1,5 Standard Dimensions B A max Ø 23 Locknut M25x1,5 SW30 AF30 M 36 52 Mounting Block 32 11 Breite Thickness 25 mm Ordering Example Safety Shock Absorber Size 300, Thread M (Size 650, Thread M25) Identification-o. assigned by ACE SCS300-Dxxxx Complete Details Required when Ordering Moving Load m (kg) Impact Velocity Range v (m/s) max. ormal Speed vs (m/s) max. Motor Power P (kw) Stall Torque Force ST (normal 2.5) umber of Absorbers in Parallel n 61 or technical data according to formulae and calculations on page 13 to 15. The calculation and selection of the correct ACE safety shock absorber for your application should be referred to ACE for approval and assignment of unique identification number. Dimensions and Capacity Chart Type Stroke mm Max. Energy Capacity Self-Compensating Optimised Version A max B W 3 W 3 m/cycle m/cycle Min. Return Force Max. Return Force Max. Side Load Angle SCS300 15 5.5 66.5 292 365 1 2 0.175 SCS650 23 140 6 4 525 11 33 2 0.35 Weight kg Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 61

Safety Shock Absorbers SCS33 to 64 62 Based on the innovative design concepts of the MAGUM range, ACE introduces the SCS33 to SCS64 series of safety shock absorbers. Designed to provide machine protection in an emergency runaway situation the SCS33 to SCS64 series provide a cost effective method of protecting vital machinery in emergency stop situations. Specially optimised orificing design provides extremely high capacity in a compact envelope size making them ideal for cricitcal applications on portal gantry systems, automatic transfer machines and robot systems where an emergency runaway could otherwise result in expensive damage or danger. With up to 300 % higher capacity than other shock absorber designs the SCS33 to 64 range provides true linear deceleration protecting vital equipment at an affordable cost. Optional rod sensor available for indication the complete retraction of the piston rod. Main Bearing Integrated Positive Stop Outer Body Membrane Accumulator Piston Piston Ring One Piece Pressure Chamber with Optimised Metering Orifices to Suit Specific Application Impact cycles per hour: max. 1 Life expectancy: Self-compensating version: max. 00 cycles. Optimised version: max. 5 cycles. Impact velocity range: On request Operating fluid: Automatic Transmission Fluid (ATF) at 42cSt. Material: Shock absorber body: itride hardened steel. Accessories: Steel with black oxide finish. Piston rod: Steel hardened and chrome plated. Rod button: Hardened steel with black oxide finish. Return spring: Zinc plated or plasticcoated. Energy capacity W 3 : At max. side load angle do not exceed 0 % of rated max. energy capacity below. Mounting: In any position Operating temperature range: - C to 70 C. Higher temperatures on request. In creep speed: The shock absorber can be pushed through its stroke. In creep speed conditions the shock absorber provides minimal resistance and there is no braking effect. 62 Heavy Duty One-Piece Steel Outer Body Unique Identification Code umber

Safety Shock Absorbers SCS33 M33 QF33 Festanschlag Positive Stop Ø 6,6 M33x1,5 Ø 25 Ø 39,6 Clamping Klemmschlitz Slot B A max Ø 30 6,5 32 44 Thickness Breite mm Standard Dimensions Locking Ring Square Flange Install with 4 machine screws with tightening torque: 11 m clamping torque: > 90 m S33 56 40 max C min D M6 42 Side Foot Mounting Kit S33 = 2 Flanges + 4 Screws M6x40, DI 9 Because of the thread pitch the fixing holes for the second foot mount should only be drilled and tapped after the first foot mount has been fixed in position. Tightening torque: 11 m (Screws) Clamping torque: > 90 m 63 Ordering Example Safety Shock Absorber Thread Size M33 Max. Stroke without Positive Stop 50 mm Mounting Style: Foot Identification-o. assigned by ACE SCS33-50-S-Dxxxx Complete Details Required when Ordering Moving Load m (kg) Emergency Impact Speed v (m/s) max. ormal Speed vs (m/s) max. Motor Power P (kw) Stall Torque Factor ST (normal 2.5) umber of Absorbers in Parallel n Dimensions and Capacity Chart Type Part umber Stroke mm Max. Energy Capacity Self-Compensating Optimised Version A max B C min. C max. D W 3 W 3 m/cycle m/cycle or technical data according to formulae and calculations on page 13 to 15. The calculation and selection of the correct ACE safety shock absorber for your application should be referred to ACE for approval and assignment of unique identification number. Min. Return Force Max. Return Force Max. Side Load Angle SCS33-25 23 13 3 25 60 6 3 500 45 90 3 0.45 SCS33-50 4.5 19 32 6 93 6 950 45 135 2 0.54 For other stroke lengths, special options (such as higher or lower impact velocity etc.), please consult ACE. Weight kg Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 63

Safety Shock Absorbers SCS45 M45 QF45 Positive Festanschlag Stop Ø 9 M45x1,5 Ø 35 Ø 55,6 Clamping Klemmschlitz Slot B A max Ø 42 9,5 42 56 Thickness Breite mm Standard Dimensions Locking Ring Square Flange Install with 4 machine screws with tightening torque: 27 m clamping torque: > 0 m S45 64 2 0 56 max 25 C,5 min Side Foot Mounting Kit D M 60 S45 = 2 Flanges + 4 Screws Mx50, DI 9 Because of the thread pitch the fixing holes for the second foot mount should only be drilled and tapped after the first foot mount has been fixed in position. Tightening torque: 27 m (Screws) Clamping torque: > 350 m Ordering Example Safety Shock Absorber Thread Size M45 Max. Stroke without Positive Stop 75 mm Mounting Style: Foot Identification-o. assigned by ACE SCS45-75-S-Dxxxx Complete Details Required when Ordering Moving Load m (kg) Emergency Impact Speed v (m/s) max. ormal Speed vs (m/s) max. Motor Power P (kw) Stall Torque Factor ST (normal 2.5) umber of Absorbers in Parallel n Dimensions and Capacity Chart Type Part umber Stroke mm Max. Energy Capacity Self-Compensating Optimised Version A max B C min. C max. D W 3 W 3 m/cycle m/cycle or technical data according to formulae and calculations on page 13 to 15. The calculation and selection of the correct ACE safety shock absorber for your application should be referred to ACE for approval and assignment of unique identification number. Min. Return Force Max. Return Force Max. Side Load Angle SCS45-25 23 145 95 32 66 66 60 1 0 70 0 3 1.13 SCS45-50 4.5 195 1 40 92 91 1 360 2 350 70 145 2 1.36 SCS45-75 74 246 145 50 11 1 2 040 3 500 50 10 1 1.59 For other stroke lengths, special options (such as higher or lower impact velocity etc.), please consult ACE. Weight kg 64 Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com

Safety Shock Absorbers SCS64 M64 QF64 Festanschlag Positive Stop Ø11 M64x2 Ø 4 Ø76 Clamping Klemmschlitz Slot B Ø 60 A max ote: 150 Bei mm einem stroke Hub model von does 150 mm not entfällt include die stop Anschlaghülse. collar and positive stop Festanschlag is provided durch by the Aufprallkopf rod button (Ø which 60 mm) is 60 realisiert. mm dia. 9,5 5 0 Thickness Breite mm Standard Dimensions Locking Ring Square Flange S64 Install with 4 machine screws with tightening torque: 50 m clamping torque: > 2 m 0 40 0,5 max C min 25 Side Foot Mounting Kit S64 = 2 Flanges + 4 Screws Mx0, DI 9 Because of the thread pitch the fixing holes for the second foot mount should only be drilled and tapped after the first foot mount has been fixed in position. D M 7 Tightening torque: 50 m (Screws) Clamping torque: > 350 m 65 Ordering Example Safety Shock Absorber Thread Size M64 Max. Stroke without Positive Stop 50 mm Mounting Style: Foot Identification-o. assigned by ACE SCS64-50-S-Dxxxx Complete Details Required when Ordering Moving Load m (kg) Emergency Impact Speedv (m/s) max. ormal Speed vs (m/s) max. Motor Power P (kw) Stall Torque Factor ST (normal 2.5) umber of Abosrbers in Parallel n Dimensions and Capacity Chart Type Part umber Stroke mm A max B C min. C max. D W 3 m/cycle Max. Energy Capacity Self-Compensating Optimised Version W 3 m/cycle or technical data according to formulae and calculations on page 13 to 15. The calculation and selection of the correct ACE safety shock absorber for your application should be referred to ACE for approval and assignment of unique identification number. Min. Return Force Max. Return Force Max. Side Load Angle SCS64-50 4.5 225 140 50 1 0 3 400 6 000 90 155 3 2.90 SCS64-0 99.5 326 191 64 2 152 6 00 000 5 270 2 3.70 SCS64-150 150 450 241 0 2 226 0 1 000 75 365 1 5. For other stroke lengths, special options (such as higher or lower impact velocity etc.), please consult ACE. Weight kg Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 65

Stacker Crane Shock Absorbers SCS3 to 63 66 ACE stacker crane shock Absorbers are self-contained and maintenance free and are designed for emergency deceleration of equipment such as automated storage and retrieval systems. During normal operation they provide only minimal resistance but under a higher speed emergency impact they provide smooth controlled deceleration thus preventing equipment damage. The SCS Series units are available with operating strokes up to 10 mm and are specially orificed to provide a smooth constant deceleration throughout their complete stroke length. The internal hydraulic pressure and thus the braking force, is maintained at a constant safe level to bring the fast moving load gently to rest in an emergency. Optional rod sensor available for indicating the complete extension of the piston rod. Rod Button Piston Rod Positive Stop Main Bearing Gas Chamber Bladder Accumulator Outer Body Pressure Chamber 66 Metering Orifices Function: In the normal ready condition the piston rod is fully extended. When the impact load strikes the absorber the hydraulic oil behind the piston is forced out through a series of metering orifices. The number of mertering orifices in action reduces proportionally though the stroke and the load velocity is thereby smoothly reduced to zero. The internal pressure and thus the reaction force (Q) remains constant throughout the entire stroke length. The displaced oil is stored in the bladder accumulator. The integrated gas chamber, containing low pressure nitrogen, provides the return force to reset the rod to its extended position and functions as an accumulator for the hydraulic oil displaced during the operation. Material: Steel body with black oxide finish. Piston rod hard chrome plated. Energy capacity W 3 : At max. side load angle do not exceed 0 % of rated max. energy capacity below. Filling pressure: Approx. 2 bar Operating temperature range: - C to 66 C In creep speed: It is possible to use up to approx. 60 % of the buffer stroke. In creep speed conditions the shock absorber provides minimal resistance and there is no braking effect.

Stacker Crane Shock Absorbers SCS3 Rear Flange -R Front Flange -F Ø1 19 Ø 19 M0x2 Ø 35 19 19 Ø 51 1 0 B A max 15 B A max 15 Foot Mounting -S 60 Ø1 32 32 60 36 0 190 15 D A max E max 15 Ordering Example SCS3-400-F-X Complete Details Required when Ordering 67 Stacker Crane Shock Absorber Bore Size Ø 3 mm Stroke 400 mm Mounting Style: Front Flange Identification o. assigned by ACE Moving Load m (kg) Full Load Speed v (m/s) max. Creep Speed vs (m/s) max. Motor Power P (kw) Stall Torque Factor ST (normal 2.5) umber of Absorbers in Parallel n or technical data according to formulae and calculations on page 13 to 15. Technical Data Impact velocity range: 0.9 to 4.6 m/s Reacting force Q: At max. capacity rating = 0 k max. The calculation and selection of the correct ACE stacker crane shock absorber for your application should be referred to ACE for approval and assignment of unique identification number. Dimensions and Capacity Chart Type Part umber Stroke mm Max. Energy Capacity A max B D E max W 3 m/cycle Max. Side Load Angle Mounting Style F & S R Min. Return Force Max. Return Force Weight kg Mounting Style F & R S SCS3-50 50 270 5 175 0 3 600 5 4 600 700 13 SCS3-0 0 370 255 225 132 7 0 5 4 600 700 14 15 SCS3-150 150 470 305 275 10 00 5 4 600 700 17 SCS3-0 0 570 355 325 230 14 400 5 4 600 700 1 19 SCS3-250 250 670 405 375 20 1 000 4.7 3.7 600 700 21 SCS3-300 300 75 470 440 330 21 600 3.9 2.9 600 700 22 23 SCS3-350 350 5 5 490 30 25 0 3.4 2.4 600 700 24 25 SCS3-400 400 1 000 55 555 430 2 00 3 2 600 700 26 27 SCS3-500 500 1 215 700 670 530 36 000 2.4 1.4 600 700 30 31 SCS3-600 600 1 430 15 75 630 43 0 1.9 0.,9 600 700 34 35 SCS3-700 700 1 645 930 900 730 50 400 1.6 0.6 600 700 3 39 SCS3-00 00 1 60 1 045 1 015 30 57 600 1.3 0.3 600 700 43 44 For other stroke lengths, special options (such as higher or lower impact velocity etc.), please consult ACE. Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 67

Stacker Crane Shock Absorbers SCS50 Rear Flange -R Front Flange -F Ø1 19 Ø 130 19 M1x2 Ø 45 19 19 Ø 70 140 10 B A max B A max Foot Mounting -S 6 72 72 40 190 225 Ø22 35 17,5 D A max 35 E max Ordering Example Stacker Crane Shock Absorber Bore Size Ø 50 mm Stroke 400 mm Mounting Style: Front Flange Identification o. assigned by ACE SCS50-400-F-X Complete Details Required when Ordering Moving Load m (kg) Full Load Speed v (m/s) max. Creep Speed vs (m/s) max. Motor Power P (kw) Stall Torque Factor ST (normal 2.5) umber of Absorbers in Parallel n or technical data according to formulae and calculations on page 13 to 15. Technical Data Impact velocity range: 0.6 to 4.6 m/s Reacting force Q: At max. capacity rating = 0 k max. The calculation and selection of the correct ACE stacker crane shock absorber for your application should be referred to ACE for approval and assignment of unique identification number. Dimensions and Capacity Chart Type Part umber Stroke mm Max. Energy Capacity A max B D E max W 3 m/cycle Min. Return Force Max. Return Force Max. Side Load Angle Mounting Style Weight kg Mounting Style F & S R F & R S SCS50-0 0 390 270 235 13 14 000 1 000 1 0 5 4 22 23 SCS50-150 150 490 3 25 1 21 000 1 000 1 0 5 4 25 26 SCS50-0 0 590 370 335 23 2 000 1 000 1 0 5 4 27 2 SCS50-250 250 690 4 35 2 35 000 1 000 1 0 4.5 3.5 30 31 SCS50-300 300 05 45 450 33 42 000 1 000 1 0 3. 2. 33 34 SCS50-350 350 905 535 500 3 49 000 1 000 1 0 3.3 2.3 35 37 SCS50-400 400 1 0 600 565 43 56 000 1 000 1 0 2.9 1.9 3 40 SCS50-500 500 1 235 715 60 53 70 000 1 000 1 0 2.3 1.3 44 45 SCS50-600 600 1 450 30 795 63 4 000 1 000 1 0 1.9 0.9 50 51 SCS50-700 700 1 665 945 9 73 9 000 1 000 1 0 1.6 0.6 55 57 SCS50-00 00 1 0 1 060 1 025 3 1 000 1 000 1 0 1.3 0.3 61 63 SCS50-00 1 000 2 3 1 290 1 255 1 03 140 000 1 000 1 0 1 0 72 74 For other stroke lengths, special options (such as higher or lower impact velocity etc.), please consult ACE. 6 Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com

Stacker Crane Shock Absorbers SCS63 Rear Flange -R Front Flange -F Ø1 25 Ø 140 25 M130x2 Ø 54 25 25 Ø 3 0 0 B A max B A max Foot Mounting -S 0 Ø27 45 45 0 44 2 254 22,5 D A max E max Ordering Example SCS63-400-F-X Complete Details Required when Ordering 69 Stacker Crane Shock Absorber Bore Size Ø 63 mm Stroke 400 mm Mounting Style: Front Flange Identification o. assigned by ACE Moving Load m (kg) Full Load Speed v (m/s) max. Creep Speed vs (m/s) max. Motor Power P (kw) Stall Torque Factor ST (normal 2.5) umber of Absorbers in Parallel n or technical data according to formulae and calculations on page 13 to 15. Technical Data Impact velocity range: 0.5 to 4.6 m/s Reacting force Q: At max. capacity rating = 2 k max. The calculation and selection of the correct ACE stacker crane shock absorber for your application should be referred to ACE for approval and assignment of unique identification number. Dimensions and Capacity Chart Type Part umber Stroke mm Max. Energy Capacity A max B D E max W 3 m/cycle Min. Return Force Max. Return Force Max. Side Load Angle Mounting Style Weight kg Mounting Style F u. S R F & R S SCS63-0 0 405 25 240 143 1 000 1 500 2 500 5 4 29 32 SCS63-150 150 505 335 290 193 27 000 1 500 2 500 5 4 32 35 SCS63-0 0 605 35 340 243 36 000 1 500 2 500 5 4 35 3 SCS63-250 250 705 435 390 293 45 000 1 500 2 500 5 4 3 42 SCS63-300 300 05 45 440 343 54 000 1 500 2 500 5 4 41 45 SCS63-350 350 925 555 5 393 63 000 1 500 2 500 5 4 45 49 SCS63-400 400 1 025 605 560 443 72 000 1 500 2 500 5 4 4 52 SCS63-500 500 1 245 725 60 543 90 000 1 500 2 500 4.2 3.2 55 60 SCS63-600 600 1 445 25 70 643 000 1 500 2 500 3.4 2.4 62 66 SCS63-700 700 1 665 945 900 746 6 000 1 500 2 500 2.9 1.9 69 73 SCS63-00 00 1 65 1 045 1 000 43 144 000 1 500 2 500 2.5 1.5 75 79 SCS63-00 1 000 2 25 1 265 1 2 1 043 10 000 1 500 2 500 1.9 0.9 9 93 SCS63-10 1 0 2 705 1 45 1 440 1 243 2 000 1 500 2 500 1.4 0.4 2 6 For other stroke lengths, special options (such as higher or lower impact velocity etc.), please consult ACE. Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 69

Industrial Crane Buffers CB63 to 0 70 ACE Stacker Crane Buffers are selfcontained and maintenance free and are designed for emergency deceleration of heavy industrial cranes. The primary oil seals are protected inside the main body and only a wiper seal is necessary on the piston rod. Dirt or contamination on the piston rod does not cause oil leakage or failure as is often the case with conventional buffers. The integrated gas chamber enables the CB Series crane buffers to provide return forces of up to 63 k. This high return force is necessary for multiple bridge cranes where the buffers must separate the bridges after an emergency collision. ormal buffers would remain compressed after such a collision and would not be capable of accepting further impacts. The robust, large dimensioned piston rod bearing system, is designed for very heavy duty use and is equivalent to that used in other buffers 0% larger in size. The CB series units are custom orificed to suit your specific application and provide a smooth constant deceleration throughout their complete stroke length. Rod Button Piston Tube Gas Chamber Positive Stop Rod Wiper Mounting Flange Separator piston Seals Piston Hydraulic Oil Metering Orifices Pressure Chamber 70 Function: In the normal ready condition the piston rod is fully extended. When the impact load strikes the absorber the hydraulic oil behind the piston is forced through a series of metering orifices. The number of metering orifices in action reduces proportionally through the stroke and the load velocity is thereby reduced to zero. The internal pressure and thus the reaction force (Q) remains constant throughout the entire stroke length. The displaced oil is directed inside the piston rod where a separator piston keeps the oil and the nitrogen gas apart. The integrated gas chamber, containing low pressure nitrogen, provides the high return force to reset the rod to its extended position and generates the high return forces to comply with crane installations. Impact velocity range: 0.5 to 4.6 m/s Material: Steel body with black oxide finish. Piston rod hard chrome plated. Operating temperature range: - C to 66 C The initial fill pressure governs the rod return force. In creep speed: The shock absorber can be pushed through its stroke.

Industrial Crane Buffers CB63 Front Flange -F Rear Flange -R M90x2 Ø 95 Ø 0 Ø 95 Ø 60 Ø 95 Ø 5 19 41 19 A max C 32 B A max Ø 135 Ø1 Ordering Example CB63-400-F-X Complete Details Required when Ordering Crane Buffer Bore Size Ø 63 mm Stroke 400 mm Mounting Style: Front Flange Identification o. assigned by ACE Moving Load m (kg) Full Load Speed v (m/s) max. Creep Speed vs (m/s) max. Motor Power P (kw) Stall Torque Factor ST (normal 2.5) umber of Absorbers in Parallel n 71 or technical data according to formulae and calculations on page 13 to 15. Technical Data Reacting force Q: At max. capacity rating = 17 k max. The calculation and selection of the correct ACE crane buffer for your application should be referred to ACE for approval and assignment of unique identification number. Dimensions and Capacity Chart Type Part umber Stroke mm Max. Energy Capacity A max B C W 3 m/cycle 1 Effective Weight me me min. kg me max. kg Min. Return Force Max. Return Force Max. Side Load Angle CB63-0 0 4 2 192 000 900 000 1 500 000 3.5.7 CB63-0 0 700 46 292 32 000 1 00 256 000 1 500 21 000 3.7 CB63-300 300 90 64 392 4 000 2 700 34 000 1 500 24 000 2.5. CB63-400 400 1 260 2 492 64 000 3 700 5 000 1 500 25 000 2 24. CB63-500 500 1 540 1 00 592 0 000 4 700 640 000 1 500 26 000 1.5 2. 1 The correct effective weight range for your application will be calculated by ACE and should fall within this band. Special options: Special oils, special flanges, additional corrosion protection etc. available on request. Weight kg Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 71

Industrial Crane Buffers CB0 Front Flange -F Rear Flange -R M130x2 Ø 140 Ø 1 Ø 140 Ø 9 Ø 140 Ø 255 25 56 25 A max C 40 B A max Ø 2 Ø23 72 Ordering Example CB0-400-F-X Complete Details Required when Ordering Crane Buffer Bore Size Ø 0 mm Stroke 400 mm Mounting Style: Front Flange Identification o. assigned by ACE Moving Load m (kg) Full Load Speed v (m/s) max. Creep Speed vs (m/s) max. Motor Power P (kw) Stall Torque Factor ST (normal 2.5) umber of Absorbers in Parallel n or technical data according to formulae and calculations on page 13 to 15. Technical Data Reacting force Q: At max. capacity rating = 467 k. The calculation and selection of the correct ACE crane buffer for your application should be referred to ACE for approval and assignment of unique identification number. Dimensions and Capacity Chart Max. Energy Capacity Type Part umber Stroke mm A max B C W 3 m/cycle 1 Effective Weight me me min. kg me max. kg Min. Return Force Max. Return Force Max. Side Load Angle CB0-0 0 735 495 3 0 000 6 900 640 000 3 900 40 000 4 42.5 CB0-300 300 1 005 665 4 1 000 300 960 000 3 900 50 000 3.5 50. CB0-400 400 1 275 35 5 0 000 13 00 1 20 000 3 900 57 000 3 59.1 CB0-500 500 1 545 1 005 6 0 000 17 0 1 600 000 3 900 63 000 2.5 67.5 CB0-600 600 1 15 1 175 7 240 000 700 1 9 000 3 900 6 000 2 75. 1 The correct effective weight range for your application will be calculated by ACE and should fall within this band. Special options: Special oils, special flanges, additional corrosion protection etc. available on request. Weight kg 72 Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com

Industrial Crane Buffers CB0 Front Flange -F Rear Flange -R M2x2 Ø 230 Ø 17 Ø 230 Ø 152 Ø 230 Ø 350 3 3 3 A max C 60 B A max Ø 27 6 x 60 Ø 295 Ordering Example CB0-400-F-X Complete Details Required when Ordering Crane Buffer Bore Size Ø 0 mm Stroke 400 mm Mounting Style: Front Flange Identification o. assigned by ACE Moving Load m (kg) Full Load Speed v (m/s) max. Creep Speedvs (m/s) max. Motor Power P (kw) Stall Torque Factor ST (normal 2.5) umber of Absorbers in Parallel n 73 or technical data according to formulae and calculations on page 13 to 15. Technical Data Reacting force Q: At max. capacity rating = 700 k. The calculation and selection of the correct ACE crane buffer for your application should be referred to ACE for approval and assignment of unique identification number. Dimensions and Capacity Chart Max. Energy Capacity Type Part umber Stroke mm A max B C W 3 m/cycle 1 Effective Weight me me min. kg me max. kg Min. Return Force Max. Return Force Max. Side Load Angle CB0-400 400 1400 940 600 240 000 22 700 1 9 000 9 600 63 000 4 154.6 CB0-600 600 00 1 340 00 360 000 34 000 2 0 000 9 600 63 000 3 1 CB0-00 00 2600 1 740 1 000 40 000 45 400 3 40 000 9 600 63 000 2 221.3 1 The correct effective weight range for your application will be calculated by ACE and should fall within this band. Special options: Special oils, special flanges, additional corrosion protection etc. available on request. Weight kg Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 73

Safety Shock Absorbers Manual Manual and Maintenance Instructions for Safety Shock Absorbers Type SCS and CB 74 ACE security shock absorbers are high-quality products. To achieve long-lasting and trouble free operating life please read the following instructions before installation. Inner Pressure Tube Characteristics The inner pressure tube is individually designed and manufactured for each specific application. When several safety shock absorbers of the same size but with different metering orifice patterns are used in one system it is important that the mounting positions are not mixed up. Safety shock absorbers have individually designed orifice patterns depending upon application and therefore must only be installed in correct position. The calculation and selection of the correct safety shock absorbers should be performed or checked by ACE. Mounting To mount the shock absorber, we recommend the use of original ACE mounting accessories shown in catalogue. The mounting of each shock absorber must be exactly positioned so that the reaction force (Q) can be adequately transmitted into the mounting structure. ACE recommends installation via the front flange -F mounting style that ensures the maximum protection against buckling. The damper must be mounted so that the moving loads are decelerated with the least possible side loading to the piston rod. The maximum permissable side load angles are detailed in our current catalogue. The entire stroke length must be used for deceleration because only using part of the stroke can lead to overstressing and damage to the unit. if possible with reduced load. Differences between calculated and actual operating data can then be detected early on, and damage to your system can be avoided. If the shock absorbers were selected on calculated data that does not correspond to the maximum possible loading (i.e. selection based on drive power being switched off or at reduced impact speed) then these restricted impact conditions must not be exceeded during initial testing or subsequent use of the system. Otherwise you risk damaging the shock absorbers and/or your machine by overstressing materials. After the initial trial check that the piston rod fully extends again and that there are no signs of oil leakage. Also check that the mounting hardware is still securely tightened. You need to satisfy yourself that no damage has occurred to the piston rod, the body, or the mounting hardware. Fixed Mechanical Stop Safety shock absorbers do not need an external mechanical stop. The stroke of the safety shock absorber is limited by the contact of the rod end button onto the front body of the shock absorber (with type SCS33 to SCS64 by the load contacting the integral or additional stop collar). What eeds to be Checked after a Full Load Impact? Safety shock absorbers that were originally checked only at reduced speed or load need to be checked again after a full load impact (i.e. emergency use) has occurred. Check that the piston rod fully extends to its full out position, that there are no signs of oil leakage and that the mounting hardware is still securely fixed. You need to satisfy yourself that no damage has occurred to the piston rod, the body, or the mounting hardware. If no damage has occurred, the safety shock absorber can be put back into normal operation (see initial start-up). Mounting style front flange -F Safety Shock Absorber SCS Safety Shock Absorber CB Environmental Requirements The permissible temperature range for each shock absorber type can be found in our current catalogue. CAUTIO: Usage outside the specified temperature range can lead to premature breakdown and damage of of the shock absorbers which can then result in severe system damage or machine failures. Trouble free operation outdoors or in damp environments is only warranted if the dampers are coated with a specific corrosion protection finish. Maintenance Safety shock absorbers are sealed systems and do not need special maintenance. Safety shock absorbers that are not used regularly (i.e. that are intended for emergency stop systems) should be checked within the normal time frame for safety checks, but at least once a year. At this time special attention must be paid to checking that the piston rod resets to its fully extended position, that there is no oil leakage and that the mounting brackets are still secure and undamaged. The piston rod must not show any signs of damage. Safety shock absorbers that are in use regularly should be checked every three months. Repair otice If any damage to the shock absorber is detected or if there are any doubts as to the proper functioning of the unit please send the unit for service to ACE. Alternatively contact your local ACE office for further advice. Initial Start-Up Checks First impacts on the shock absorber should only be tried after correctly mounting and with reduced impact speeds and 74 Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com

Safety Shock Absorbers Application Examples ACE safety shock absorbers protect precision assembly jigs for the aircraft industry. The basic mount of this coordinate measuring machine for the production of parts in the aircraft industry is made of granite and must not be damaged. To avoid damage from operating errors or mishandling, all movement axes were equipped with safety shock absorbers of the type SCS-45-50. If the turntables malfunction the safety shock absorbers decelerate the loads before expensive damage can occur to the granite measuring tables. Controlled emergency stop 75 Optimally protected turntable ACE safety shock absorbers speed up the manufacturing of caravans. In this production of caraven side panels made of compound materials, two complete production pieces are transported towards two portals with spindle-heads. The installed safety shock absorbers type SCS-45-75 prevent 5500 kg load with speeds of up to 60 m/min nosediving into the valueable machine in case of a crash. In comparison to its predecessor, the safety features of the SCS-45-75 protect the machine structure more effectively and allow for faster processing times. Secured manufacturing Safety shock absorbers attached to the moveable part of the production line Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 75

TUBUS-Series Type TA Profi le Damper Axial Damping 76 The profile damper type TA from the innovative ACE TUBUS series is a maintenance free, self-contained damping element made from a special Co-Polyester Elastomer. As a result of the degressive damping characteristic it provides a high energy absorption at the beginning of its stroke. The excellent temperature characteristic of the material provides consistent damping performance over a temperature of -40 C to 90 C. The low installed weight, the economic price and the long operating life of up 1 million cycles make this an attractive alternative to hydraulic end position damping, if the moving mass does not have to stop in an exact datum position and it is not necessary to absorb 0 % of the incoming energy. The space-saving package size ranges from Ø mm up to Ø 1 mm and is very simply and quickly installed with the supplied specially stepped mounting screw. The TA series have been specially developed to provide maximum energy capacity in the minimum mounting space in the capacity range from 2 m up to 00 m. Life expectancy is extremely high; up to twenty times longer than for urethane dampers, up to ten times longer than rubber bumpers and up to five times longer than steel springs. One-Piece Profile Body Calculation and selection to be approved by ACE. Mounting Screw 76 Impact velocity range: Up to max. 5 m/s Environment: Resistant to oil, grease, seawater and to microbe or chemical attack. Excellent UV and ozone resistance. Material does not absorb water or swell. Capacity rating: For emergency use only (1 cycle) it is possible to exceed the W 3 rating by +40 %. Mounting: In any position Dynamic force range: 90 to 2 000 Operating temperature range: -40 C to 90 C Energy absorption: 40 % to 66 % Material hardness rating: Shore 55D Mounting screw torque: M3: 2 m M4: 4 m M5: 6 m M6: m M: 25 m M: 5 m M: 2 m On request: Special strokes, -characteristics, -spring rates, -sizes and materials.

TUBUS-Series Type TA Profi le Damper Axial Damping Ordering Example TUBUS axial Outer-Ø 37 mm Stroke mm TA37- d 1 D d 2 M The calculation and selection of the required profile damper should be carried out or be approved by ACE. max. L 1 L 2 Dimensions and Capacity Chart Type 1 W 3 m/cycle 2 W 3 m/cycle Max. Stroke mm D L1 M L2 d1 d2 Weight kg TA-5 2 3 5 3 M3 11 15 11 0.003 TA17-7 6.5 7 17 4 M4 22 15 0.004 TA21-9 14 9 21 5 M5 1 26 1 0.005 TA22-15 21 22 6 M6 19 27 19 0.005 TA2-30 42 2 6 M6 26 36 25 0.0 TA34-14 50 70 14 34 6 M6 30 43 30 0.0 TA37-65 91 37 6 M6 33 4 33 0.025 TA40-0 1 40 M 35 50 34 0.030 TA43-1 0 140 1 43 M 3 55 3 0.040 TA47-130 47 M 41 60 41 0.050 TA50-22 0 224 22 50 M 45 64 44 0.060 TA54-22 190 266 22 54 M 47 6 47 0.065 TA57-24 230 322 24 57 M 51 73 50 0.090 TA62-25 20 392 25 62 M 54 7 53 0.5 TA65-27 350 490 27 65 M 5 2 57 0.130 TA70-29 400 560 29 70 M 61 6 60 0.145 TA72-31 500 700 31 72 M 65 91 63 0.175 TA0-32 600 40 32 0 M 69 0 69 0.225 TA2-35 700 90 35 2 M 74 5 72 0.260 TA5-36 00 1 1 36 5 M 76 1 75 0.300 TA90-3 900 1 260 3 90 M 0 114 7 0.335 TA9-40 1 0 1 60 40 9 M 6 3 5 0.425 TA1-4 2 000 2 00 4 1 M 1 146 9 0.740 1 Max. energy capacity per cycle for continous use. 2 Energy capacity per cycle for emergency use. 77 Characteristics of Type TA37- Energy-Stroke Characteristic (dynamic) (with impact velocity over 0.5 m/s) 70 9000 60 50 7500 F in 6000 40 absorbed 30 4500 energy rebound 0 3000 1500 0 stroke F back energy 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 Stroke (mm) Stroke (mm) With the aid of the characteristic curves above you can estimate the proportion of the total energy that will be absorbed. Example: With impact energy of 50 m the Energy-Stroke diagram shows that a stroke of about. mm is needed. On the Force-Stroke diagram you can estimate the proportion of absorbed energy to rebound energy at this stroke length. Dynamic (v > 0.5 m/s) and static (v 0.5 m/s) characteristics of all types are available on request. Energy (m) Force () Force-Stroke Characteristic (dynamic) (with impact velocity over 0.5 m/s) Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 77

TUBUS-Series Type TS Profi le Damper Axial Soft Damping 7 The profile damper type TS from the innovative ACE TUBUS serie is a maintenance free, self-contained damping element made from a special Co-Polyester Elastomer. As a result of the almost linear damping charcteristic it provides a very smooth energy absorption with minimum reaction loads on the machine. The excellent temperature characteristic of the material provides consistent damping performance over a temperature of -40 C to 90 C. The low installed weight, the economic price and the long operating life of up to 1 million cycles make this an attractive alternative to hydraulic end position damping, if the moving mass does not have to stop in an exact datum position and it is not necessary to absorb 0% of the incoming energy. The space-saving package size ranges from Ø 14 mm up to 7 mm and is very simply and quickly installed with the supplied specially stepped mounting screw. The TS series have been specially developed to provide maximum energy capacity in the minimum mounting space in the capacity range from 2 m up to 9 m. Life expectancy is extremely high; up to twenty times longer than for urethane dampers, up to ten times longer than rubber bumpers and up to five times longer than steel springs. One-Piece Profile Body Calculation and selection to be approved by ACE. Mounting Screw 7 Impact velocity range: Up to max. 5 m/s Environment: Resistant to oil, grease, seawater and to microbe or chemical attack. Excellent UV and ozone resistance. Material does not absorb water or swell. Capacity rating: For emergency use only (1 cycle) it is possible to exceed the W 3 rating by +40 %. Mounting: In any position Dynamic force range: 670 to 24 000 Operating temperature range: -40 C to 90 C Energy absorption: 26 % to 56 % Material hardness rating: Shore 40D Mounting screw torque: M4: 4 m M5: 6 m M6: m M: 5 m M: 2 m On request: Special strokes, -characteristics, -spring rates, -sizes and materials.

TUBUS-Series Type TS Profi le Damper Axial Soft Damping Ordering Example TUBUS axial soft Outer-Ø 44 mm Stroke 23 mm TS44-23 d 1 D d 2 M The calculation and selection of the required profile damper should be carried out or be approved by ACE. max. L 1 L 2 Dimensions and Capacity Chart Type 1 W 3 m/cycle 2 W 3 m/cycle Max. Stroke mm D L1 M L2 d1 d2 Weight kg TS14-7 2 3 7 14 4 M4 15 19 13 0.003 TS1-9 4 5.5 9 1 5 M5 1 24 0.004 TS- 6.5 6 M6 21 27 19 0.005 TS26-15 15 21 15 26 6 M6 2 37 25 0.0 TS32-25 35 32 6 M6 32 44 30 0.015 TS35-19 30 42 19 35 6 M6 36 4 33 0.025 TS40-19 35 49 19 40 6 M6 3 51 34 0.030 TS41-21 45 63 21 41 M 41 55 3 0.040 TS44-23 65 91 23 44 M 45 60 40 0.045 TS4-25 0 1 25 4 M 49 64 44 0.060 TS51-27 90 6 27 51 M 52 69 47 0.070 TS54-29 115 1 29 54 M 55 73 50 0.00 TS5-30 135 19 30 5 M 59 7 53 0.0 TS61-32 0 224 32 61 M 62 3 56 0.1 TS64-34 195 273 34 64 M 66 7 60 0.145 TS6-36 230 322 36 6 M 69 92 63 0.5 TS75-39 25 399 39 75 M 75 1 69 0.2 TS7-40 340 476 40 7 M 79 5 72 0.245 TS2-44 395 553 44 2 M 4 1 75 0.275 TS4-43 460 644 43 4 M 5 115 7 0.300 TS90-47 565 791 47 90 M 92 4 4 0.395 TS7-56 9 1 274 56 7 M 1 147 0 0.615 1 Max. energy capacity per cycle for continous use. 2 Energy capacity per cycle for emergency use. 79 Characteristics of Type TS44-23 Energy-Stroke Characteristic (dynamic) (with impact velocity over 0.5 m/s) 70 6000 60 5000 50 4000 F in 40 absorbed 3000 30 energy rebound 00 stroke F back energy 0 00 0 3 6 9 15 1 3 6 9 15 1 Stroke (mm) Stroke (mm) With the aid of the characteristic curves above you can estimate the proportion of the total energy that will be absorbed. Example: With impact energy of 50 m the Energy-Stroke diagram shows that a stroke of about 14 mm is needed. On the Force-Stroke diagram you can estimate the proportion of absorbed energy to rebound energy at this stroke length. Dynamic (v > 0.5 m/s) and static (v 0.5 m/s) characteristics of all types are available on request. Energy (m) Force () Force-Stroke Characteristic (dynamic) (with impact velocity over 0.5 m/s) Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 79

TUBUS-Series Type TR Profi le Damper Radial Damping 0 The profile damper type TR from the innovative ACE TUBUS series is maintenance free, self-contained damping element made from a special Co-Polyester Elastomer. The radial deformation of the TR series provides a very long and soft deceleration with a progressive energy absorption towards the end of stroke. The excellent temperature characteristic of the material provides consistent damping performance over a temperature of -40 C to 90 C. The low installed weight, the economic price and the long operating life of up 1 million cycles make this an attractive alternative to hydraulic end position damping, if the moving mass does not have to stop in an exact datum position and it is not necessary to absorb 0% of the incoming energy. The space-saving package size ranges from Ø 29 mm up to Ø 0 mm and is very simply and quickly installed with the supplied special stepped mounting screw. The TR Series have been specially developed to provide maximum stroke in the minimum mounting space in the capacity range from 2 m up to 115 m. Life expectancy is extremely high; up to twenty times longer than for urethane dampers, up to ten times longer than rubber bumpers and up to five times longer than steel springs. Calculation and selection to be approved by ACE. Mounting Screw One-Piece Profile Body 0 Impact velocity range: Up to max. 5 m/s Environment: Resistant to oil, grease, seawater and to microbe or chemical attack. Excellent UV and ozone resistance. Material does not absorb water or swell. Capacity rating: For emergency use only (1 cycle) it is possible to exceed the W 3 rating by +40 %. Mounting: In any position Dynamic force range: 300 to 6 0 Operating temperature range: -40 C to 90 C Energy absorption: 17 % to 35 % Material hardness rating: Shore 40D Mounting screw torque: M5: 6 m M6: m M: 25 m On request: Special strokes, -characteristics, -spring rates, -sizes and materials.

TUBUS-Series Type TR Profi le Damper Radial Damping Ordering Example TUBUS radial Outer-Ø 93 mm Stroke 57 mm TR93-57 C A M The calculation and selection of the required profile damper should be carried out or be approved by ACE. max. L 1 L 2 Width Tiefe B Dimensions and Capacity Chart Type 1 W 3 m/cycle 2 W 3 m/cycle Max. Stroke mm A L1 M L2 B C Weight kg TR29-17 2 3 17 29 5 M5 25 13 3 0.0 TR37-22 3 4.5 22 37 5 M5 32 19 50 0.015 TR43-25 4 5.5 25 43 5 M5 37 5 0.0 TR50-35 6.5 35 50 5 M5 44 34 6 0.025 TR63-43 15 21 43 63 5 M5 55 43 7 0.055 TR67-40 25 35 40 67 5 M5 59 46 0.00 TR76-46 40 56 46 76 6 M6 67 46 2 0.5 TR3-50 45 63 50 3 6 M6 73 51 9 0.150 TR5-50 70 9 50 5 M 73 69 111 0.195 TR93-57 90 6 57 93 M 3 3 4 0.295 TR0-60 115 1 60 0 M 2 133 0.335 1 Max. energy capacity per cycle for continous use. 2 Energy capacity per cycle for emergency use. 1 Characteristics of Type TR93-57 Energy-Stroke Characteristic (dynamic) (with impact velocity over 0.5 m/s) 70 60 50 6000 5000 4000 40 absorbed 3000 30 energy F in rebound 00 stroke F back energy 00 0 0 32 44 32 44 Stroke (mm) Stroke (mm) With the aid of the characteristic curves above you can estimate the proportion of the total energy that will be absorbed. Example: With impact energy of 50 m the Energy-Stroke diagram shows that a stroke of about 31 mm is needed. On the Force-Stroke diagram you can estimate the proportion of absorbed energy to rebound energy at this stroke length. Dynamic (v > 0.5 m/s) and static (v 0.5 m/s) characteristics of all types are available on request. Energy (m) Force () Force-Stroke Characteristic (dynamic) (with impact velocity over 0.5 m/s) Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 1

TUBUS-Series Type TR-L Profi le Damper Radial Damping (Long Version) 2 The radial tube damper type TR-L from the innovative ACE TUBUS series is a maintenance free, self-contained damping element made from a special Co-Polyester Elastomer. The radial deformation of the TR series provides a very long and soft deceleration with a progressive energy absorption towards the end of stroke. The excellent temperature characteristic of the material provides consistent damping performance over a temperature of -40 C to 90 C. The tube damper has been specially developed for applications that require very low reaction forces. The actual force generated depends upon the length of the tube damper chosen. The TUBUS TR-L type is suitable for a wide range of applications that require protection from shock or impact anywhere along a straight line. Typical applications include mining equipment, dockyard handling equipment and on baggage handling and conveyor systems. The TR-L series have been developed to provide maximum stroke in the minimum mounting space. Life expectancy is extremely high; up to twenty times longer than for urethane dampers, up to ten times longer than rubber bumpers and up to five times longer than steel springs. Calculation and selection to be approved by ACE. One-Piece Profile Body Mounting Screw 2 Impact velocity range: Up to max. 5 m/s Environment: Resistant to oil, grease, seawater and to microbe or chemical attack. Excellent UV and ozone resistance. Material does not absorb water or swell. Capacity rating: For emergency use only (1 cycle) it is possible to exceed the W 3 rating by +40 %. Mounting: In any position Dynamic force range: 6 00 to 26 000 Operating temperature range: -40 C to 90 C Energy absorption: 14 % to 26 % Material hardness rating: Shore 40D Mounting screw torque: M5: 6 m M: 25 m M: 2 m On request: Special strokes, -colours, -sizes and materials.

TUBUS-Series Type TR-L Profi le Damper Radial Damping (Long Version) max. L 2 D B M A C L 1 Ordering Example TUBUS radial long Outer-Ø 66 mm Stroke 40 mm Length 2 = 305 mm TR66-40L-2 The calculation and selection of the required profile damper should be carried out or be approved by ACE. Dimensions and Capacity Chart Type 1 W 3 m/cycle 2 W 3 m/cycle Max. Stroke mm A B C D M L1 L2 Weight kg TR29-17L 17 17 29 0 3 40 M5 5 25 0.06 TR43-25L 22.5 25 43 0 5 40 M5 5 37 0.06 TR63-43L 30 42 43 63 0 7 40 M5 5 55 0. TR66-40L-1 0 140 40 66 152 7 2 M 59 0.25 TR66-40L-2 0 20 40 66 305 7 254 M 59 0.55 TR66-40L-3 300 4 40 66 457 7 406 M 59 0.0 TR66-40L-4 400 560 40 66 6 7 559 M 59 1. TR66-40L-5 500 700 40 66 762 7 711 M 59 1.30 TR76-45L-1 135 190 45 76 152 0 2 M 6 0.35 TR76-45L-2 270 37 45 76 305 0 254 M 6 0.70 TR76-45L-3 400 560 45 76 457 0 406 M 6 1. TR76-45L-4 535 750 45 76 6 0 559 M 6 1.40 TR76-45L-5 670 940 45 76 762 0 711 M 6 1.70 TR3-4L-1 155 217 4 3 152 6 2 M 73 0.45 TR3-4L-2 315 440 4 3 305 6 254 M 73 0.90 TR3-4L-3 470 660 4 3 457 6 406 M 73 1.35 TR3-4L-4 625 75 4 3 6 6 559 M 73 4.0 TR3-4L-5 70 1 092 4 3 762 6 711 M 73 2.25 TR99-60L-1 5 27 60 99 152 130 2 M 0.60 TR99-60L-2 4 574 60 99 305 130 254 M 1. TR99-60L-3 615 61 60 99 457 130 406 M 1.75 TR99-60L-4 1 14 60 99 6 130 559 M 2.35 TR99-60L-5 1 025 1 435 60 99 762 130 711 M 2.90 TR99-60L-6 1 230 1 722 60 99 914 130 64 M 3.50 TR99-60L-7 1 435 2 0 60 99 1 067 130 1 0 M 4. TR143-6L-1 575 05 6 143 152 191 76 M 7 1.25 TR143-6L-2 1 155 1 617 6 143 305 191 3 M 7 2.50 TR143-6L-3 1 730 2 422 6 143 457 191 355 M 7 3.0 TR143-6L-4 2 305 3 227 6 143 6 191 50 M 7 5. TR143-L-5 2 0 4 032 6 143 762 191 660 M 7 6.40 TR143-6L-6 3 455 4 37 6 143 914 191 M 7 7.70 TR143-6L-7 4 030 5 642 6 143 1 067 191 965 M 7 9.00 TR1-L-1 1 350 1 90 1 152 245 76 M 5 2.15 TR1-L-2 2 7 3 794 1 305 245 3 M 5 4.45 TR1-L-3 4 060 5 64 1 457 245 355 M 5 6.70 TR1-L-4 5 4 7 5 1 6 245 50 M 5 9.00 TR1-L-5 6 770 9 47 1 762 245 660 M 5 11. TR1-L-6 1 11 36 1 914 245 M 5 13.45 TR1-L-7 9 40 13 272 1 1 067 245 965 M 5 15.75 1 Max. energy capacity per cycle for continous use. 2 Energy capacity per cycle for emergency use. 3 Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 3

TUBUS-Series Type TC Profi le Damper for Crane Equipment The profile damper type TC from the innovative ACE TUBUS Series is a maintenance free, self-contained damping element made from a special Co-Polyester Elastomer. They have been specially developed for crane equipment applications and fulfill the international Industry standards OSHA and CMAA. Many crane applications require a spring rate with a high return force. This is achieved with the unique Dual-Profile Concept of the TC-S models. For Energy-Management- Systems the TC model types provide a cost efficient solution with a high return force capability. The very small and light package size from Ø 64 mm up to Ø 176 mm covers an energy absorption capacity ranging from 450 m up to 7 m/cycle. The excellent resistance to UV, seawater chemical and microbe attack together with the wide operating temperature range from -40 C to 90 C enables a wide range of applications. One-Piece Profile Body 4 Life expectancy is extremely high; up to twenty times longer than for urethane dampers, up to ten times longer than rubber bumpers and up to five times longer than steel springs. Calculation and selection to be approved by ACE. Mounting Screw 4 Impact velocity range: Up to max. 5 m/s Environment: Resistant to oil, grease, seawater and to microbe or chemical attack. Excellent UV and ozone resistance. Material does not absorb water or swell. Capacity rating: For emergency use only (1 cycle) it is possible to exceed the W 3 rating by +40 %. Mounting: In any position Dynamic force range: 0 000 bis 97 000 Operating temperature range: -40 C to 90 C Energy absorption: 31% to 63 % Material hardness rating: Shore 55D Mounting screw torque: M: 5 m M: 2 m On request: Special strokes, -characteristics, -spring rates, -sizes and materials.

TUBUS-Series Type TC Profi le Damper for Crane Equipment M M d 1 D d 2 d 1 D d 2 Ordering Example TUBUS Crane Buffer Outer-Ø 3 mm Stroke 73 mm Model Type Soft max. L 1 L 2 Model Type TC TC3-73-S max. L 1 L 2 Model Type TC-S The calculation and selection of the required profile damper should be carried out or be approved by ACE. Dimensions and Capacity Chart Type 1 W 3 m/cycle 2 W 3 m/cycle Max. Stroke mm D L1 M L2 d1 d2 Weight kg TC64-62-S 450 630 62 64 M 79 9 52 0. TC74-76-S 90 1 372 76 74 M 96 114 61 0.25 TC3-73-S 1 900 2 660 73 3 M 94 7 69 0.30 TC6-39 1 2 1 695 39 6 M 56 133 7 0.25 TC90-49 1 630 2 22 49 90 M 6 4 67 0.25 TC0-59 1 770 2 40 59 0 M 4 149 91 0.50 TC2-63 1 970 2 760 63 2 M 9 140 2 0.50 TC-30 1 900 2 660 30 M 53 133 77 0.35 TC117-97 3 7 5 195 97 117 M 9 1 0 1.00 TC134-146-S 7 290 2 146 134 M 1 215 117 1.60 TC136-65 4 250 5 950 65 136 M 6 17 6 1. TC137-90 6 350 90 90 137 M 115 2 113 1. TC146-67-S 330 11 660 67 146 M 11 191 99 1.50 TC150-17-S 60 400 17 150 M 241 224 132 2.60 TC153-17-S 7 260 5 17 153 M 226 241 131 2.30 TC-4 0 14 140 4 M 6 260 147 2.30 TC176-19-S 7 17 19 176 M 252 279 150 3.60 1 Max. energy capacity per cycle for continous use. 2 Energy capacity per cycle for emergency use. 5 Characteristics of Type TC90-49 Energy-Stroke Characteristic (dynamic) (with impact velocity over 0.5 m/s) Energy (m) 100 1500 10 900 600 300 0 15 25 30 35 40 Force (k) Force-Stroke Characteristic (dynamic) (with impact velocity over 0.5 m/s) Stroke (mm) Stroke (mm) With the aid of the characteristic curves above you can estimate the proportion of the total energy that will be absorbed. Example: With impact energy of 1300 m the Energy-Stroke diagram shows that a stroke of about 3 mm is needed. On the Force-Stroke diagram you can estimate the proportion of absorbed energy to rebound energy at this stroke length. ote: With these types the return force towards the end of the stroke is significant and we recommend you try to use a minimum of 90% of the total stroke available. Dynamic (v > 0.5 m/s) and static (v 0.5 m/s) characteristics of all types are available on request. Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 5 450 400 350 300 250 0 150 0 50 0 absorbed energy rebound stroke energy 15 25 30 35 40 F in F back

TUBUS-Series Overview of Profi le Dampers Physical Properties of TUBUS Profile Dampers Energy Capacity per unit weight Operating Lifetime PUR Rubber Gummi TUBUS Energy Capacity per unit volume ACE TUBUS profile dampers are high performance damping elements made from a special Co-Polyester Elastomer.They have a high energy absorbing capacity compared with other materials. The TUBUS-series comprises 5 main types with over 0 individual models. The excellent damping characteristics are achieved as a result of the special elastomer material and the worldwide patented construction design. This enables us to change the characteristics of the elastomer material so that individual and distinct damping curves are possible. TUBUS dampers offer a considerable performance advantage when compared to other materials such as rubber, urethanes (PUR) and steel springs. A further advantage compared to other damping elements is the operating life expectancy up to twenty times longer than with urethane dampers, up to ten times longer than with rubber dampers and up to five times longer than with steel spring dampers. 6 Force Comparison of Damping Characteristics TA TS TR/TR-L Stroke The innovative TUBUS dampers absorb energy while exhibiting the following damping characteristics: Model type TA: Degressive characteristic with max. energy absorption (coloured area) with min. stroke. Energy absorption: 40 % to 66 %. Model type TS: Almost linear characteristic with low reaction force over a short operating stroke. Energy absorption: 26 % to 56 %. Model type TR/TR-L: Progressive characteristic with gradually increasing reaction force over a long stroke. Energy absorption TR: 17 % to 35 % Energy absorption TR-L: 14 % to 26 % Characteristics of dynamic energy absorption for impact velocity over 0.5 m/s. For impact velocities under 0.5 m/s, please request a static characteristic curve. The material does not absorb water or swell and it is highly resistant to abrasion. Products of the TUBUS-series will work at temperatures of -40 C up to 90 C and are resistant to grease, oil, petroleum fluids, microbe and chemical attack and sea water. They also have good UV and ozone resistance. The very long service life of up to one million cycles, the compact size and the low unit weight differentiate the TUBUS profile dampers from all other types of elastomer damping elements. If you are looking for an economic damping solution where the load does not need to be decelerated to an exact datum position and you do not need 0% absorption of the impact energy then TUBUS dampers are a real alternative to hydraulic end position damping. They are the preferred solution for end stop dampers in robotic systems, high bay warehouse systems and all similar automated plant and machinery. For the crane industry we manufacture special high capacity crane buffers that have an ideal deceleration characteristic with high return force for this type of application and energy capacities from 450 to 7 m. This means you can have a TUBUS crane buffer capable of providing up to 900 k of braking force in a package only weighing 3 kg and absorbing up to 50 % of the energy. Special Damper Besides the standard product range of the TUBUS-series there are also a large number of special products available upon request for customer-specific applications. 6 Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com

TUBUS-Series Application Examples ACE TUBUS profile dampers protect the integrated loading station on a new high speed machining centre. The ACE TUBUS damper is designed to prevent overrun on the high speed loading station of a Camshaft machining centre used in the automobile industry. In the event that the drive train fails during operation or incorrect data is inputted the ACE TUBUS damper absorbs the impact preventing costly damage to the machine. The TA-9-40 TUBUS damper impressed engineers with this exceptionally long service life in operation. When used as an emergency stop the TUBUS damper can absorb up to 63 % of the impact energy. Safe end position damping Safety with ultra high speed operation Safe reliable cycling ACE TUBUS profile dampers prevent impact problems between the different directions of motion on a weigh feeder. The illustrated weigh feeder is a critical production component and must always function correctly. A previous history of machine damage caused by the crossing of different motions in operation was eliminated by the use of TUBUS type TA 22- profile dampers. Due to the copolyester construction of TUBUS dampers a degressive damping curve could be engineered to suit the application. The combination of superior damage protection, small size and economic cost made the TUBUS damper the ideal solution for this critical application. 7 Consistent, safe operation of a weigh feeder Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 7

Rotary Dampers ACE rotary dampers are sealed maintenance free units. They are available with fixed or adjustable damping rates. The damping can be clockwise, anticlockwise or in both directions. The outer body is either plastic or metal depending upon model size. The output connection can be direct onto the keyed output shaft or indirect via a plastic gear (available with 4 standard modules). Plastic racks with modules of 0.5 to 1 are also available. Applications include office machinery, lids and flaps, floppy disc drives, piano lids, CD players, auto glove-boxes, vending machines, medical equipment, furniture industry and a multitude of other uses. Keyed Output Shaft Damping Vane Damping Orifice Pressure Chamber Outer Body Function: ACE rotary dampers guarantee the smooth controlled opening and closing of small lids, covers and flaps. They can be mounted directly on the pivot axis or can be used to provide linear damping by using a plastic gear and rack. They enable mechanisms to operate with a smooth controlled motion giving that touch of quality to whatever product they are used on. ACE rotary dampers are filled with a special high viscosity fluid (silicone type) and sealed for life. The fluid is passed through an orifice or groove by a rotating vane to provide damping resistance. The damping torque generated is determined by the fluid viscosity and by the orifice configuration. ote: With a max. rotational speed of 50 revs/min and a maximum of cycles/min ( cycles/min with the FDT/ FD types) the rotary dampers still provide more than 0% of their damping torque after a working life of 50 000 cycles.

Rotary Dampers FRT-E2 and FRT-G2 FRT-E2 2,6 2,1 2,5 14 +/- 0,05 2 + 0,05 Ø 19 Ø 7,2 Damping in both Directions of Rotation Without Gear With Gear Damping Torque cm (ominal rpm. 23 C) FRT-E2-0 FRT-E2-0-G1 0. +/- 0.05 FRT-E2-0 FRT-E2-0-G1 0. +/- 0.07 FRT-E2-300 FRT-E2-300-G1 0.30 +/- 0.0 FRT-E2-400 FRT-E2-400-G1 0.40 +/- 0. Ø 2,1 6 Ø 2,5 +/- 0,05 3 1,5 6 (5,5) Dims. in ( ) without gear Material: Polycarbonate plastic Temperature range: 0 C to 50 C FRT-E2 (at 23 C) 0,6 Tooth: Involute 0,5 Module: 1 0.6 0,4 0,3 Pressure angle: 0,2 o. of teeth: 0,1 0 P.C.D.: 6 mm 0 30 40 50 rpm 1 A 250 mm long plastic rack is available for use with this part see page 96. cm 0,7 400 300 0 0 U/min FRT-E2 (at rpm) cm 0,5 0,4 0,3 0,2 0,1 0 0 30 40 50 C 400 300 0 0 FRT-G2 2,1 2,5 2,6 19 +/- 0,05 2,5 + 0,05 Ø15 24 Ø 3,7 Damping in both Directions of Rotation Ø 2,1 7 Without Gear With Gear Damping Torque cm (ominal rpm. 23 C) FRT-G2-0 FRT-G2-0-G1 0. +/- 0.07 FRT-G2-300 FRT-G2-300-G1 0.30 +/- 0.0 FRT-G2-450 FRT-G2-450-G1 0.45 +/- 0. FRT-G2-600 FRT-G2-600-G1 0.60 +/- 0. FRT-G2-1 FRT-G2-1-G1 1.00 +/- 0. Material: Polycarbonate plastic FRT-G2 (at 23 C) Temperature range: 0 C to 50 C 2 Tooth: Involute 1,5 Module: 1 0.5 1 Pressure angle: 0,5 o. of teeth: 14 0 P.C.D.: 7 mm 0 30 40 50 rpm 1 A 250 mm long plastic rack is available for use with this part see page 96. cm 1 600 450 300 0 U/min Ø 3,6 +/- 0,05 FRT-G2 (at rpm) cm 2,2 6,6 (5,4) Dims. in ( ) without gear 1,4 1,2 1 0, 0,6 0,4 0,2 0 0 30 40 50 C 1 600 450 300 0 9 Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 9

Rotary Dampers FRT/FR-C2 and -D2 FRT-C2 and FR-C2 21 3,5 +/- 0,02 Ø 15 27,5 Ø,4 3,2 Ø 4-0,05 1,5 7 14 4,5 Bidirectional Damping Right-Hand Damping (clockwise) Left-Hand Damping (anti-clockwise) FRT-C2-1 FR-C2-R1 FR-C2-L1 without gear 2 +/- 0.6 FRT-C2-1-G1 FR-C2-R1-G1 FR-C2-L1-G1 with gear2 +/- 0.6 FRT-C2-301 FR-C2-R301 FR-C2-L301 without gear 3 +/- 0. FRT-C2-301-G1 FR-C2-R301-G1 FR-C2-L301-G1 with gear3 +/- 0. Model Damping Torque cm (ominal rpm. 23 C) Material: Polycarbonate plastic Temperature range: 0 C to 50 C Tooth: Module: 1 0. Pressure angle: Involute o. of teeth: 11 P.C.D.:. mm FRT/-C2 (at 23 C) cm 5 4 3 2 1 0 0 30 40 50 rpm 1 A 170 mm long flexible plastic rack and a 250 mm long rigid rack are available for use with this part see page 96. FRT-D2 and FR-D2 U/min 301 1 FRT/-C2 (at rpm) cm 3,5 3 2,5 2 1,5 1 0,5 0 0 30 40 50 C 301 1 90 40 4 +/- 0,02 Ø 25 50 Ø14,75 Ø 4,2 R5 Ø 5-0,05 2 11 19 5 Bidirectional Damping Right-Hand Damping (clockwise) Left-Hand Damping (anti-clockwise) FRT-D2-2 FR-D2-R2 FR-D2-L2 without gear +/- 2 FRT-D2-2-G1 FR-D2-R2-G1 FR-D2-L2-G1 with gear +/- 2 FRT-D2-152 FR-D2-R152 FR-D2-L152 without gear 15 +/- 3 FRT-D2-152-G1 FR-D2-R152-G1 FR-D2-L152-G1 with gear15 +/- 3 FRT-D2-501 FR-D2-R501 FR-D2-L501 without gear 5 +/- 1 FRT-D2-501-G1 FR-D2-R501-G1 FR-D2-L501-G1 with gear 5 +/- 1 Material: Polycarbonate plastic Temperature range: 0 C to 50 C Tooth: Module: 11.0 Pressure angle: Involute o. of teeth: P.C.D.: mm FRT/-D2 (at 23 C) cm 25 15 5 0 0 30 40 50 rpm U/min Model 152 2 501 FRT/-D2 (at rpm) cm 15 5 0 0 Damping Torque cm (ominal rpm. 23 C) 30 40 50 C 152 2 501 1 A 250 mm and 500 mm long plastic rack are available for use with this part see page 96. 90 Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com

Rotary Dampers FY-P1 and FY-1 FY-P1 Ø 17,5 Ø 1,5 Ø 4 5 22 14 1 4 2 Right-Hand Damping (clockwise) black Left-Hand Damping (anti-clockwise) white Damping Torque cm Return Damping Torque cm FY-P1-R3 FY-P1-L3 0 30 FY-P1-R153 FY-P1-L153 150 50 FY-P1-R13 FY-P1-L13 10 0 Schwenkwin Rotation 115 Material: Polycarbonate plastic Temperature range: -5 C to 50 C Weight: 0.0 kg Max. rotation angle: 115 Do not use damper as final end stop. Fit external mechanical stops at each end of travel. Coloured shaft for identification of the damping direction! FY-1 Ø-0,2 Ø Ø-0,2 white Endkappe end cap: weiß: left-hand linksdrehend damping dämpfend black end cap: right-hand schwarz: rechtsdrehend damping dämpfend 4 Right-Hand Damping (clockwise) Left-Hand Damping (anti-clockwise) 2 3 22 Damping Torque cm Return Damping Torque cm FY-1-R3 FY-1-L3 0 FY-1-R3 FY-1-L3 0 40 FY-1-R253 FY-1-L253 250 40 FY-1-R303 FY-1-L303 300 0 With Ø 1 mm body on request. Material: Polycarbonate plastic Temperature range: -5 C to 50 C Weight: 0.0 kg Max. rotation angle: 1 Do not use damper as final end stop. Fit external mechanical stops at each end of travel. Coloured end cap for identification of the damping direction! 1,2 2-0,1 2-0,1 Schwenkwin Rotation 1 91 Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 91

Rotary Dampers FY-U1 and FY-K1 FY-U1 Ø 13 Ø Ø 5 34 1 Right-Hand Damping (clockwise) Left-Hand Damping (anti-clockwise) Damping Torque cm Return Damping Torque cm FY-U1-R3 FY-U1-L3 0 40 FY-U1-R253 FY-U1-L253 250 40 FY-U1-R303 FY-U1-L303 300 0 Schwenkwink Rotation 115 Material: Zinc diecast Temperature range: -5 C to 50 C Weight: 0.04 kg Max. rotation angle: 115 6 Do not use damper as final end stop. Fit external mechanical stops at each end of travel. FY-K1 R4 3, 92 Ø 6-0,05 27 35 45 Ø 26 Ø1,2 Ø 3,5 15 27 5 26 40 5 13 Right-Hand Damping (clockwise) Left-Hand Damping (anti-clockwise) Damping Torque cm FY-K1-R FY-K1-L 400 Material: Polycarbonate plastic Temperature range: -5 C to 50 C Max. rotation angle: Return damping torque: 0 cm Weight: 0.035 kg Do not use damper as final end stop. Fit external mechanical stops at each end of travel. rechtsdrehend Right-Hand Damping dämpfend Endposition Position Left-Hand linksdrehend dämpfend Damping 92 Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com

Rotary Dampers FRT/FR-K2 and -F2 and FFD FRT/FR-K2 and FRT/FR-F2 47 36 Ø40 5 +/- 0,05 Ø13,5 Ø 5,2 Ø6 R5,5-0,01-0,03 5 29,5 42 1,5 Bidirectional Damping Right-Hand Damping (clockwise) Left-Hand Damping (anti-clockwise) Damping Torque cm (ominal rpm. 23 C) FRT-K2-502 FR-K2-R502 FR-K2-L502 50 +/- FRT-K2-3 FR-K2-R3 FR-K2-L3 0 +/- FRT-F2-3 FR-F2-R3 FR-F2-L3 0 +/- 40 FRT-F2-303 300 +/- 0 FRT-F2-403 400 +/- 0 Material: Polycarbonate plastic Temperature range: 0 C to 50 C Weight: max. 0.1 kg FRT-K2 and -F2 (at 23 C) cm 500 400 300 0 0 0 0 30 40 50 rpm 403 303 3 3 502 U/min FRT-K2 and -F2 (at rpm) cm 500 400 300 0 0 0 0 30 40 50 C 403 303 3 3 502 FFD Ø 3,2 t = Thickness Breite D 2 L 2 L 1 D 1 d 1 d 2 D 1 h 1 Flange Type H 1 h 2 H2 Standard Type 93 ModelDamping Torque m Damping Option 1 Dimensions Flange Type Standard Type D1 D2 H1 h1 L1 L2 d1 d2 H2 h2 t FFD-250.1 / 0.5 / 1.0 Type S 25 6 13 3 42 34 21 6.2 4 4 FFD-2 0.1 / 0.5 / 1.0 Type S 2 13 3 44 36 24.2 4 4 FFD-300.1 / 0.5 / 1.0 / 1.5 Type S 30 13 3 46 3 26.2 4 4 FFD-25 1.0 / 1.5 / 2.0 Type W 25 6 19 3 42 34 21 6.2 22 4 4 FFD-2 1.0 / 1.5 / 2.0 Type W 2 19 3 44 36 24.2 22 4 4 FFD-30 1.5 / 2.0 / 2.5 / 3.0 Type W 30 19 3 46 3 26.2 22 4 4 1 Damping clockwise or anti-clockwise Material: Polycarbonate plastic Temperature range: - C to 60 C Rotational speed max.: Cycle rate max.: Recommended shaft details: 30 rpm 13 cycles per min. Ø +0-0.03 Ordering Example FFD-25-FS-L-2 Friction Damper Body Ø Mounting Style (Flange = F, Standard = S) Damping Option (S or W) Damping Direction (right = R, left = L) Damping Torque see chart Damping Torque 2 = 1.0 m 502 = 0.5 m 3 = 1.0 m 153 = 1.5 m 3 = 2.0 m 253 = 2.5 m 303 = 3.0 m Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 93

Rotary Dampers FYT/FY-H1 and -LA3 FYT-H1 and FY-H1 5 Schwenkwinkel Rotation M5 11 Einstellschraube Adjusting Screw Ø 24 Ø 45 6 Ø Max. Side Load P 6-0,03 56 66 Keyed output shaft shown in mid-travel position 15 30 1 Model Adjustable Bidirectional Damping Right-Hand Damping (clockwise) Left-Hand Damping (anti-clockwise) FYT-H1 FY-H1-R FY-H1-L 2... Damping Torque m (adjustable) Material: Zinc diecast, steel shaft Temperature range: -5 C to 50 C Max. rotation angle: 5 Return damping torque: 0.5 m Maximum side load: 50 Weight: 0.24 kg A play of approx. 5 can occur at the beginning of movement. Do not use damper as final end stop. Fit external mechanical stops at each end of travel. FYT-LA3 and FY-LA3 2 Schwenkwinkel Rotation 94 0 Adjusting Einstellschraube Screw Ø 0 3 Ø 50 Ø 17 P 6,5-0,05 70 96 Ø 6,5 4 7 15 Keyed output shaft shown in mid-travel position Model Adjustable Bidirectional Damping Right-Hand Damping (clockwise) Left-Hand Damping (anti-clockwise) FYT-LA3 FY-LA3-R FY-LA3-L 4...40 Material: Zinc diecast, steel shaft Temperature range: -5 C to 50 C Max. rotation angle: 2 Return damping torque: 4 m Maximum side load: 0 Weight: 1.75 kg Damping Torque m (adjustable) A play of approx. 5 can occur at the beginning of movement. Do not use damper as final end stop. Fit external mechanical stops at each end of travel. 94 Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com

Rotary Dampers FDT/FD-47 to 70 FDT-47 to 70 R C -0,02-0,1 0 Ø V -0,1 B A Ø F Ø E C Recommended Drive Shaft Size Ø D G H Damping in both Directions of Rotation Model Damping Torque m Dimensions (at rpm, 23 C) A B C D E F G H R V FDT-47 2.0 +/- 0.3 65 56 4.5 47 42. 1.6.3 4.5 FDT-57 4.7 +/- 0.5 79 6 5.5 57 52.4 1.6 11.2 5.5 13 FDT-63 6.7 +/- 0.7 9 76.5 6.5 63 5.6 1.6 11.3 6.5 17 FDT-70.7 +/- 0. 95 2.5 6.5 70 65.4 1.6 11.3 6.5 17 Material: Steel. Output shaft sleeve: FDT (at 23 C) ylon Temperature range: - C to 50 C Rotational speed 6 max.: 50 rpm 4 Cycle rate max.: cycles per 2 minute 0 Weight max.: 0.11 kg 0 rpm There is no support for the output shaft within the damper structure. External support must be provided for the shaft m 30 40 50 60 FDT-70 FDT-63 FDT-57 FDT-47 U/min FDT (at rpm) m 6 4 2 0 0 30 40 50 60 FDT-70 FDT-63 FDT-57 FDT-47 C FD-47 to 70 R B A Ø F Ø E Right-Hand Damping (clockwise) Left-Hand Damping (anti-clockwise) Ø D Ø C Damping Torque m Dimensions (at rpm, 23 C) A B C D E F G H R FD-47-R FD-47-L 2.0 +/- 0.3 65 56 6 4.5 47 42. 1.6.3 4.5 FD-57-R FD-57-L 5.5 +/- 0.6 79 6 5.5 57 52.4 1.6 14 5.5 FD-63-R FD-63-L.5 +/- 0. 9 76 6.5 63 5.6 1.6 13.9 6.5 FD-70-R FD-70-L.0 +/- 1.0 95 2 6.5 70 65.4 1.6 13 6.5 Material: Steel. Output shaft sleeve: ylon Temperature range: - C to 50 C Rotational speed max.: 50 rpm Cycle rate max.: cycles per minute Weight max.: 0. kg There is no support for the output shaft within the damper structure. External support must be provided for the shaft. Recommended shaft details: for FD-47 Ø 6 +0-0.03 G H for FD-57 to FD-70 Ø +0-0.03 Hardness > HRC55, surface smoothness R Z < 1 μm 95 Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 95

Rotary Dampers Calculation Calculation of Rotary Damper for a Lid m Mass of lid (kg) L Length of lid from pivot (cm) n Rotation speed (r.p.m.) g Acceleration due to gravity (= 9.1) Closing Torque T T = L / 2 m g cos α cm ote: for a uniform lid assume centre of gravity is at distance L/2 from pivot. Calculation Steps 1) Calculate max. torque damper will be exposed to (with example shown max. torque is at α = 0). 2) Decide upon rotation speed desired. 3) Choose a rotary damper from catalogue that can handle the torque calculated above. 4) With the aid of the damper performance curves, check if the r.p.m. given at your torque corresponds to the desired closing speed of the lid. 5) If the r.p.m. is too high choose a damper with a higher torque rating. If the r.p.m. is too low choose a damper with a lower torque rating. Mountings to Avoid The output shaft should not be exposed to side loading. 96 Side loading End loading Angular offset Misalignment Toothed Rack M0.5, M0.6, M0., M1.0 Damping Direction right hand damping = damping action in clockwise direction when looking onto the output shaft C A Toothed Rack M0.P Ø 4,5 0 2,3 145, A B B C Accessories Toothed plastic rack with modules 0.5 to 1 available. Models Available Toothed A B C Model Rack M0.5 250 4 6 rigid, milled M0.6 250 4 6 rigid, milled M0. 250 6 rigid, milled M0.P 170 4.1 flexible, milled M1.0 250 rigid, milled M1.0 500 rigid, milled Metal racks available on request. 96 Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com

Rotary Dampers Application Examples ACE rotary dampers installed in VIP lounges in the new Hong Kong Airport Terminal. This modern information counter consists of a central support console with two fold away counter surfaces. With the counter surfaces folded up the passenger can check flight and baggage details on the built in monitor and keyboard. A PC and printer are housed in the central support console. After use the counter surfaces can be folded down out of the way for easier passenger access. To provide smooth and safe operation of this sophisticated equipment, model FY-H1 ACE rotary dampers were installed at the pivot axis of the counter tops. Controlling rotary motion Stand console in airport terminal ACE rotary dampers protect the keyboard. To provide long term protection in arduous and often dirty industrial applications (and also to protect against unauthorised access) the machine keyboard is installed in a lockable and pivoted housing cabinet. ACE rotary dampers type FR-F1 were installed on the pivot axis to provide a smooth controlled motion to the keyboard as it is pulled down into its operating position. The damper also prevents overloading the hinge system and prevents damage to the keyboard, the housing cabinet and the hinges. 97 Damping lever motions Pivoted machine keyboard Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 97

Precision Hydraulic Feed Controls VC VC precision feed controls are sealed hydraulic units fitted with a high precision metering element. When the piston rod is depressed the hydraulic oil is forced through the adjustable precision metering orifice. This provides a constant and precise feed control throughout the stroke length. The feed rate can be adjusted over a wide range by turning the external adjuster knob at the rear end of the unit. The threaded outer body makes installation and the adjustment of feed control travel limits very simple. FA, MA and MVC are similar feed control units intended for applications where the higher precision of the VC series is not required. Precision feed controls are selfcontained, maintenance free, leakproof, temperature stable and stick-slip free. The rolling diaphragm seal provides a hermetically sealed unit and also provides an integral accumulator for the oil displaced during operation. The high precision, adjustable metering system can provide accurate feed rates from as little as mm/min with low propelling forces. Applications include saws, cutters, drill feeds, grinding and boring machines in the plastics, metal, wood and glass industries. For precise adjustment of the feed rate! Piston Piston Rod Positive Stop Main Bearing Rolling Diaphragm Seal Outer Body Return Spring Pressure Chamber Fine Filter 9 9 Feed Rate Adjustment Impact velocity range: Avoid high impact velocities. At speeds of 0.3 m/s the maximum allowed energy is approx. 1 m for units up to 55 mm stroke and approx. 2 m for units 74 mm to 5 mm stroke. Where higher energies occur use a shock absorber for the initial impact. Material: Body heavy duty steel tube with black oxide. Piston rod with hard chrome plating. Operating temperature range: 0 C to 60 C When mounting: Take care not to damage the adjuster knob. ylon button PP600 can be fitted onto piston rod. Unit may be mounted in any position. Only VC2515 to VC2255: Do not rotate piston rod, if excessive rotation force is applied rolling seal may rupture. In contact with petroleum base oils or cutting fluids specify optional neoprene rolling seal or install air bleed adaptor type SP25.

Precision Hydraulic Feed Controls VC2515 to VC255 With Fine Adjustment VC25 SP25 MB25 M25x1,5 KM25 Ø Ø3 M25x1,5 Ø14 13 A B Stop Anschlag möglich Ø 30 M25x1,5 SW23 6,4 Air Bleed Collar M6 34 46 Clamp Mount 32 6 Breite Thickness 25 mm Accessories, mounting, installation... see pages 32 to 35. for VC2515FT to VC2555FT Capacity Chart Type Part umber Stroke mm A B Propelling Force Min. Propelling Force Max. Min. Return Force Max. Return Force Rod Reset Time s Max. Side Load Angle VC2515FT 15 0 30 3 500 5 0.2 3 0.4 VC2530FT 30 1 1 30 3 500 5 15 0.4 2 0.5 VC2555FT 55 9 130 35 3 500 5 1.2 2 0.6 VC2575FT 75 23 150 50 3 500 30 1.7 2 0. VC250FT 0 30 150 60 3 500 35 2.3 1 0.9 VC255FT 5 333.5 150 70 3 500 40 2. 1 1.0 Suffix FT signifies a M25x1.5 threaded body. Suffix F signifies a plain body 23. mm dia. (without thread) also available, with optional clamp type mounting block. Weight kg Technical Data Feed rate range: min. 0.013 m/min with 400 propelling force. Max. 3 m/min with 3 500 propelling force. Outer body: Plain body 23. mm dia. (without thread) is also available. Mounting Examples Mounting with clamp mount MB25 Operating Range VC Installed with air bleed collar SP25 3500 3000 Propelling Force 2500 00 1500 00 500 VC2515-255 6 24 36 6 24 36 6 24 36 6 24 36 x 1 x x 0 x 00 Feed Rate mm/min Installed with switch stop collar inc. proximity switch and steel button AS25 plus PS25 Alternative circlip grooves 25,4 19,1 Bulkhead mounting for VC25...F with mounting block KB... (23. mm plain body option) 99 Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 99

Precision Feed Controls FA/MA/MVC Adjustable MA30M RF MBSC2 Adjustment Einstellschraube Screw 4,1 Mx1 Ø 2,5 SW AF 3 2,5 4 13,1 2,1 Ø 6,4 M4x 6 1 25 Mx1 14 M4 25 Mx1 3,5 Breite Thickness mm Accessories, mounting, installation... see pages 30 to 35. MA50M for use on new installations Adjustment Einstellschraube Screw Rectangular Flange FA0V-B Mounting Block 5,1 Mx1 Ø 3,2 SW AF 4 2,5 7 50 14,9 3 Ø 7,7 11 Mx1 SW AF 51 Ø 2,5 4 14,5 2,5 Ø 6 Accessories, mounting, installation... see pages 30 to 35. Accessories, mounting, installation... see pages 30 to 35. MA35M RF MB Adjustment Einstellschraube Screw 5 Mx1 Ø 3,2 SW14 AF14 5 2,5 66 1 3 Ø 7,7 M5x 6 24 32 Mx1 M5 32 Mx1 4,5 Breite Thickness mm Accessories, mounting, installation... see pages 30 to 35. Rectangular Flange Clamp Mount MA150M RF14 MB14 Adjustment Einstellschraube Screw 7,5 M14x1,5 SW AF 6 70 Ø 4, 4,7 SW17 AF17 Ø,5 22,5 M14 x 1 also available to special order Accessories, mounting, installation... see pages 31 to 35. M14x1,5 6 M5x 26 34 Rectangular Flange M14x1,5 M5 4,5 32 Breite Thickness mm Clamp Mount MVC225M RF MB 0 13,5 Mx1,5 SW1 AF1 4, SW23 AF23 Ø4, 19 30 Accessories, mounting, installation... see pages 31 to 35. MVC600M and MVC900M,5 M25x1,5 SW23 AF23 6,6 (13) 5 SW30 AF30 Dimensions for MVC900M in (...) Accessories, mounting, installation... see pages 32 to 35. 4,6 Ø 17 Ø6,3 4,6 Ø 23 25,4 (40) 36,4 (51) Mx1,5 M6x14 32 36 46 Rectangular Flange RF25 M25x1,5 M6x14 32 42 52 Rectangular Flange Mx1,5 25 M6 2 6 40 Breite Thickness mm Clamp Mount MB25 M25x1,5 32 M6 34 6 46 Breite Thickness 25 mm Clamp Mount 0 Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com

Precision Feed Controls FA/MA/MVC Adjustable Capacity Chart Type Part umber Stroke mm min. Propelling Force max. Min. Return Force Max. Return Force Rod Reset Time s 1 Max. Side Load Angle MA30M 0 1 5 0.3 2 0.025 MA50M 740 0 3 6 0.3 2 0.030 FA0V-B 10 3 6 0.3 2.5 0.026 MA35M 15 0 5 11 0.2 2 0.043 MA150M 300 3 5 0.4 2 0.06 MVC225M 1925 1 750 5 0.65 2 0.13 MVC600M 2565 3 500 30 0.5 2 0.31 MVC900M 4070 3 500 35 0.95 2 0.4 1 For applications with higher side load angles consider using the side load adaptor (BV) pages 30 to 34. Weight kg Technical Data Operating Range MVC225 to 900 Positive stop: Install mechanical stop 0.5-1 mm before end of stroke on model FA0V-B. Operating temperature range: 0 C to 66 C Mounting: In any position Impact velocity range: Avoid high impact velocities. At speeds of 0,3 m/s the maximum allowed energy is approx. 2 m. Where higher energies occur use a shock absorber for the initial impact. Material: Steel body with black oxide finish. Stainless steel piston rod. Propelling Force 4000 3500 3000 2500 00 1500 00 500 MVC600 MVC900 MVC225 24 36 6 24 36 6 24 36 6 24 36 x 1 x x 0 x 00 Feed Rate mm/min Application Examples Striker Drive Precision Feed Control Pneumatic Cylinder Drill Spindle Drill Bit A high force is necessary at the start of drilling when the drill first contacts the sheet. After the initial cut this high force causes the drill to break through. This results in jagged edges rather than a smooth clean hole and also can causes tool breakage. By installing an ACE VC feed control it is possible to precisely control the rate of drill advance. As a result the drilled holes are clean and consistent and drill breakage is considerably reduced. Drilling sheet metal Precision Feed Control Saw Blade Profile Varying material types, hardness and wear on the saw blade causes the cutting pressure to vary greatly. However the saw advance speed should remain constant as changes cause breakage of the material being cut or of the saw blade. An ACE VC feed control fitted directly to the cutting head provides a simple and low cost solution. The cutting speed remains constant and can be easily preset. 1 Sawing aluminium and plastic profiles Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 1

Hydraulic Speed/Feed Controls DVC-32 Hydraulic speed/feed controls from ACE are maintenance free, self-contained sealed units for precise control of speed in both directions of travel. The travel speed can be adjusted independently in each direction of travel. Applications include pick and place, machine slides and guards, flaps and hoods etc. The wide variety of mounting accessories make the DVC easy to install on many different types of application. Travel speed can be adjusted independently in each direction of travel! Piston Rod Rod Seal Adjustment Knob for Extension Speed Main Bearing Accumulator Piston Pressure Chamber Outer Body Adjustment Knob for Compression Speed 2 2 Thread for Mounting Accessories Positive stop: Provide mechanical stops 1 to 1.5 mm before end of each stroke direction. Operating fluid: Automatic Transmission Fluid (ATF) 42 cst. at 40 C Material: Body: black anodised aluminium. Piston rod: hard chrome plated steel. End fittings: zinc plated steel. Mounting: In any position. End fittings must be positively secured to prevent unscrewing. Operating temperature range: 0 C to 65 C ote: If unit has not moved for some time the seals may dry causing an increased breakaway force on the initial cycle. On request: Special oils and external finishes. Uni-directional damping (free flow in reverse direction).

Hydraulic Speed/Feed Controls DVC-32 Adjustable (Compression and Extension Forces 42 to 00 ) End Fitting Standard Dimensions End Fitting A Ø,1 Ø14 thick breit Ø 14 breit breit Ø,1 Eye A Radius Kugel R7 R7 14 Ø 22 L+/- L +/- 2 mm 2 mm ausgefahren extended Ø 32 14 B C D E Mx1,25 Ø Ø 13,5 24 Ø 36 Ø 32 13 Ø 6 36 9 15 30 Mx1,25 Ø Dimensions Type Stroke mm A max B L Propelling Force Extension Compression min. max. min. max. DVC-32-50 50 240 42 2 000 42 2 000 DVC-32-50-XX 50 250 75.2 42 2 000 42 2 000 DVC-32-0 0 340 42 2 000 42 1 670 DVC-32-0-XX 0 350 4.4 42 2 000 42 1 670 DVC-32-150 150 440 42 2 000 42 1 335 DVC-32-150-XX 150 450 173.6 42 2 000 42 1 335 Ordering Example Type (Hydraulic Damper) Body Ø (32 mm) Stroke (50 mm) Piston Rod End Fitting D Body End Fitting D Damping Direction (P = both directions) Damping Options P = Damping in both directions (standard model) M = Damping on out stroke only (adjustment knob at rear end free flow) = Damping on in stroke only (adjustment knob at piston rod end free flow) DVC-32-50-DD-P The end fittings are interchangeable and must be positively secured by the customer to prevent unscrewing (i.e. Loctite). For mounting accessories see page 142. 30 32 36 Stud Thread B Angle Ball Joint C (Max. permitted force 10 ) Clevis Fork D Swivel Eye E Fixed End Fitting -XX Ø 6 Ø 13 30 30 Ø 14 Ø 6,7 thick breit Propelling Force Ø B Ø 32 6,4 A max Compression Speed Control Chart 3000 2500 00 1500 00 500 DVC-32-50 DVC-32-0 DVC-32-150 Maximum Force Propelling Force 3000 2500 00 1500 00 500 Tension Speed Control Chart 1/ 1/2 3/4 open open open open 3 0 0 0 0 300 Speed mm/sec 400 0 0 0 0 300 400 Speed mm/sec Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 3

Hydraulic Dampers HBS-2 to 70 Without Free Travel HBS hydraulic dampers from ACE are maintenance free, self-contained and sealed units. They are available with body diameters from 2 mm up to 70 mm and with stroke lengths of up to 00 mm. As standard they are supplied as double acting dampers but a single acting version is also available. The travel speed is adjustable and remains constant throughout the stroke (single acting version is controllable in one direction only, with free flow in the opposite direction). The new adjustment segment on the piston makes sensitive speed adjustment easy. ACE s HBS hydraulic dampers sport the sleek design already seen in our gas springs and a wide range of screw on mounting accessories make them very versatile and easy to install. The zinc-plated outer body and the hard-chromed piston rod provide high quality and long life. Typical applications include machine guards and lids, fire safety flaps and doors, damping oscillations of suspended loads (Power and Free Systems) etc. Adjustment of the damping rate is achieved by pulling (or pushing) the piston rod to its fully extended (or compressed) position and then turning the piston rod. Without free travel by innovative balance chamber! Piston Pressure Chamber Piston Rod Bearing Bush Main Bearing Rod Seal Tooth Adjustment Metering Orifices Intermediate Bearing and Fixed Separator 4 4 Thread for Mounting Accessories Balance Chamber Operating fluid: Hydraulic oil Mounting: Can be mounted in any position. End fittings must be positively secured to prevent unscrewing. Operating temperature range: - C to 0 C ote: If unit has not moved for some time the seals may dry causing an increased breakaway force on the initial cycle. On request: Special lengths, alternative seals and end fittings.

Hydraulic Dampers HBS-2 Adjustable (Compression and Extension Forces 30 to 3000 ) Without Free Travel End Fitting A Ø,1 Ø 14 thick breit Standard Dimensions thick breit Ø,1 End Fitting Eye A B C D E G Radius Kugel R7 R7 24 6 Mx1,25 36 Ø Ø 13 14 Ø Mx1,5 L+/- L +/- 2 mm 2 mm ausgefahren extended + max + 6 max mm 6 for mm adjustment Verstellweg setting Ø 30 11 Ø Ø 13,5 32 Ø Ø 6 13 MBS-2 Swivel Mounting Block 36 15 30 Mx1,25 Ø Ø13 15 90 37,5 2,25 Breite thick Mx1,5 19 Dimensions Type Stroke mm L extended 1 Max. Compression Force Ø 2 14 1 Max. Compression Force with MBS HBS-2-50 50 295 3 000 3 000 HBS-2-0 0 445 1 550 3 000 HBS-2-150 150 595 900 3 000 HBS-2-0 0 745 600 3 000 HBS-2-250 250 95 440 3 000 HBS-2-300 300 1 045 330 3 000 HBS-2-350 350 1 195 260 2 500 HBS-2-400 400 1 345 0 2 000 1 Max. extension force for all stroke lengths 3000. Ordering Example Type (Hydraulic Damper) Body Ø (2 mm) Stroke (150 mm) Piston Rod End Fitting D Body End Fitting D Damping Direction (M = out stroke only) Damping Options P = Damping in both directions M = Damping on out stroke only = Damping on in stroke only X = Special model suffix HBS-2-150-DD-M The end fittings are interchangeable and must be positively secured by the customer to prevent unscrewing (i.e. Loctite). For mounting accessories see page 140. 30 30 32 36 Stud Thread B Angle Ball Joint C (Max. permitted force 10 ) Clevis Fork D Swivel Eye E Ball Socket G (Max. permitted force 10 ) Rod Shroud no retrofit Ø 32, L = Stroke + 50 35 25 Ø 30 Ø,5 HBS-2 Technical Data Adjustment: Adjustment of the damping rate is achieved by pulling (or pushing) the piston rod to its fully extended (or compressed) postition. Whilst still pulling the piston rod turn it clockwise to increase damping and anti-clockwise to decrease damping. If the resistance increases noticeably, stop adjusting to avoid damage. The adjustment can add a max. of 6 mm to the L dim. shown (adjustment instruction see page 115). Positive stop: Provide mechanical stops 1 to 1.5 mm before end of each stroke direction. Material: Body and end fittings: zinc plated steel. Piston rod: hard chrome plated. 5 For mounting accessories see page 140. Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 5

Hydraulic Dampers HBS-35 Adjustable (Compression and Extension Forces 30 to 000 ) Without Free Travel End Fitting A Ø,1 Ø 1 thick breit Standard Dimensions breit thick Ø,1 End Fitting Eye A B C D E 9 14 Radius Kugel R9 R9 24 Ø Mx1,5 36 Ø 40 17 Ø 14 25 M25x1,5 25 L+/- L +/- 2 mm 2 mm ausgefahren extended + max + 6 max mm 6 for mm adjustment Verstellweg setting Ø 24 Ø MBS-35 Swivel Mounting Block Ø 15 7 43 1 35 Mx1,5 1 Ø19 1 50 35,25 Breite thick 25 M25x1,5 24 Dimensions Type Stroke mm L extended 1 Max. Compression Force Ø 35 17 1 Max. Compression Force with MBS HBS-35-0 0 45 000 000 HBS-35-150 150 635 7 500 000 HBS-35-0 0 75 5 150 000 HBS-35-300 300 1 05 2 50 000 HBS-35-400 400 1 35 1 00 000 HBS-35-500 500 1 65 1 240 000 HBS-35-600 600 1 95 9 600 HBS-35-700 700 2 25 690 6 500 HBS-35-00 00 2 55 540 5 0 1 Max. extension force for all stroke lengths 000. Ordering Example Type (Hydraulic Damper) Body Ø (35 mm) Stroke (300 mm) Piston Rod End Fitting E Body End Fitting E Damping Direction ( = in stroke only) Damping Options P = Damping in both directions M = Damping on out stroke only = Damping on in stroke only X = Special model suffix HBS-35-300-EE- The end fittings are interchangeable and must be positively secured by the customer to prevent unscrewing (i.e. Loctite). For mounting accessories see page 140. 25 35 40 43 Stud Thread B Angle Ball Joint C (Max. permitted force 100 ) Clevis Fork D Swivel Eye E Rod Shroud no retrofit Ø 40, L = Stroke + 50 40 30 Ø14 35 Ø13 Technical Data 6 HBS-35 For mounting accessories see page 140. Adjustment: Adjustment of the damping rate is achieved by pulling (or pushing) the piston rod to its fully extended (or compressed) postition. Whilst still pulling the piston rod turn it clockwise to increase damping and anti-clockwise to decrease damping. If the resistance increases noticeably, stop adjusting to avoid damage. The adjustment can add a max. of 6 mm to the L dim. shown (adjustment instruction see page 115). Positive stop: Provide mechanical stops 1 to 1.5 mm before end of each stroke direction Material: Body and end fittings: zinc plated steel. Piston rod: hard chrome plated. 6 Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com

Hydraulic Dampers HBS-70 Adjustable (Compression and Extension Forces 00 to 40 000 ) Without Free Travel End Fitting Standard Dimensions End Fitting B24 M24x2 Stud Thread B24 Ø 30 40 M64x2 35 L+/- L +/- 2 mm 2 mm ausgefahren extended + max + max mm for mm adjustment Verstellwegsetting Ø 70 35 D24 E24 31 30 50 30 Ø25 0 75 Ø 25 25 50 32 0 30 MBS-70 Swivel Mounting Block Ø34 22 94 90 40 M64x2 Ø 42 2 69 51,5 Dimensions Type Ø 25 0 Ø 17,5 Stroke mm L extended 1 Max. Compression Force 1 Max. Compression Force with MBS HBS-70-0 0 561 40 000 40 000 HBS-70-0 0 61 40 000 40 000 HBS-70-300 300 11 40 000 40 000 HBS-70-400 400 1461 30 300 40 000 HBS-70-500 500 1761 21 600 40 000 HBS-70-600 600 2 061 0 40 000 HBS-70-700 700 2 361 600 40 000 HBS-70-00 00 2 661 0 40 000 1 Max. extension force for all stroke lengths 40 000. Ordering Example Type (Hydraulic Damper) Body Ø (70 mm) Stroke (300 mm) Piston Rod End Fitting E24 Body End Fitting E24 Damping Direction ( = in stroke only) Damping Options P = Damping in both directions M = Damping on out stroke only = Damping on in stroke only X = Special model suffix HBS-70-300-EE- The end fittings are interchangeable and must be positively secured by the customer to prevent unscrewing (i.e. Loctite). For mounting accessories see page 143. 0 94 Clevis Fork D24 Swivel Eye E24 Rod Shroud W24-70 Ø 0, L = Stroke + 130 0 50 40 Technical Data For mounting accessories see page 143. HBS-70 Adjustment: Adjustment of the damping rate is achieved by pulling (or pushing) the piston rod to its fully extended (or compressed) position. Whilst still pulling the piston rod turn it clockwise to increase damping and anti-clockwise to decrease damping. If the resistance increases noticeably, stop adjusting to avoid damage. The adjustment can add a max. of mm to the L dim. shown (adjustment instruction see page 115). Positive stop: Provide mechanical stops 5 to 6 mm before end of each stroke direction. Material: Body: black powder coated or zinc plated steel. End fittings: zinc plated steel. Piston rod: hard chromed plated. 7 Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 7

Hydraulic Dampers HB- to HB-70 HB hydraulic dampers from ACE are maintenance free, self-contained and sealed units. They are available with body diameters from mm up to 70 mm and with stroke lengths of up to 00 mm. As standard they are supplied as double acting dampers but a single acting version is also available. The travel speed is adjustable and remains constant throughout the stroke (single acting version is controllable in one direction only, with free flow in the opposite direction). The new adjustment segment on the piston makes sensitive speed adjustment easy. ACE s HB hydraulic dampers sport the sleek design already seen in our gas springs and a wide range of screw on mounting accessories make them very versatile and easy to install. The body has a black powder coated finish and the piston rod has a special hard ceramic coating which provides an exceptionally long lifetime and excellent corrosion protection. Typical applications include machine guards and lids, fire safety flaps and doors, damping oscillations of suspended loads (Power and Free Systems) etc. Piston Rod Bearing Bush Main Bearing Seals Metering Orifices Piston Pressure Chamber Thread for Mounting Accessories Outer Body Function: Adjustment of the damping rate is achieved by pulling (or pushing) the piston rod to its fully extended (or compressed) position and then turning piston rod. Operating fluid: Hydraulic oil Mounting: Can be mounted in any position. End fittings must be positively secured to prevent unscrewing. Operating temperature range: - C to 0 C On request: Special lengths, alternative seals and end fittings.

Hydraulic Dampers HB- Adjustable (Compression and Extension Forces to 10 ) End Fitting Standard Dimensions End Fitting A3,5 Ø 4,1 44 breit thick Ø4,1 Ø 4 thick breit Eye A3,5-M5 B3,5 C3,5 D3,5 E3,5 Radius Kugel R4 R4 7 M3,5x0,6 Ø13 Ø,5 36 Ø 4 4 5 24 Ø 4 Ø 3 L+/- L 2 +/- mm 2 mm ausgefahren extended 5 6 1 M4x0,7 Ø 7, 5,3 Dimensions Type Stroke mm L extended Ø 1 Max. Compression Force HB-- 55 10 HB-- 75 10 HB--30 30 95 10 HB--40 40 115 10 HB--50 50 135 10 HB--60 60 155 10 HB--70 70 175 10 HB--0 0 195 150 1 Max. extension force for all stroke lengths 10. Ordering Example Type (Hydraulic Damper) Body Ø ( mm) Stroke (30 mm) Piston Rod End Fitting A3.5 Body End Fitting C3,5-M5 Damping Direction (M = out stroke only) HB--30-AC-M 5 1 M5x0, Stud Thread B3,5-M5 Angle Ball Joint C3,5-M5 Clevis Fork D3,5-M5 Swivel Eye E3,5-M5 G3,5 W3,5- Rod Shroud 4 7 Ø 7,3 Ø13 1 5 Ø 6 Ø 15 Damping Options P = Damping in both directions M = Damping on out stroke only = Damping on in stroke only X = Special model suffix The end fittings are interchangeable and must be positively secured by the customer to prevent unscrewing (i.e. Loctite). For mounting accessories see page 141. 1 30 Ball Socket G3,5-M5 L = L Stroke = Hub + HB- Technical Data Adjustment: Adjustment of the damping rate is handled, in the opposite way to the dampers HB-15 to HB-70, via the cylinder stud thread. The damping force can be precisely regulated by using a screwdriver (adjustment instruction see page 115). Free travel: Construction of standard damper results in a free travel of approx. 21% of total stroke when changing travel direction. Positive stop: Provide mechanical stops 1 to 1.5 mm before end of each stroke direction. Material: Body: black powder coated steel. Piston rod: stainless steel (1.4305). End fittings: zinc plated steel. 9 For mounting accessories see page 141. Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 9

Hydraulic Dampers HB-15 Adjustable (Compression and Extension Forces to 00 ) End Fitting Standard Dimensions End Fitting A5 Ø 6,1 6 breit thick Ø 6,1 Ø 6 thick breit Eye A5 1 B5 C5 D5 E5 6 G5 Radius Kugel R5 R5 24 Ø 6 4,5 M5x0, Ø 13 Ø W5-15 Rod Shroud 36 Ø 5 6 Ø 4,5 30 Ø 5 Ø13 Ø 6 L+/- L +/- 2 2 mm mm ausgefahren extended + max + 6 max mm 6 for mm adjustment Verstellweg setting 22 5 22 M5x0, Ø13 Ø Ø19 Dimensions Type L = + + Stroke mm L extended Ø15 1 Max. Compression Force HB-15-25 25 90 00 HB-15-50 50 140 00 HB-15-75 75 190 00 HB-15-0 0 240 350 HB-15-150 150 340 300 1 Max. extension force for all stroke lengths 00. Ordering Example Type (Hydraulic Damper) Body Ø (15 mm) Stroke (150 mm) Piston Rod End Fitting C5 Body End Fitting C5 Damping Direction (M = out stroke only) Damping Options P = Damping in both directions M = Damping on out stroke only = Damping on in stroke only X = Special model suffix The end fittings are interchangeable and must be positively secured by the customer to prevent unscrewing (i.e. Loctite). For mounting accessories see page 141. HB-15 For mounting accessories see page 141. HB-15-150-CC-M Technical Data 5 22 22 30 Stud Thread B5 Angle Ball Joint C5 (Max. permitted force 500 ) Clevis Fork D5 Swivel Eye E5 Ball Socket G5 (Max. permitted force 500 ) Mounting: Can be mounted in any position. End fittings must be positively secured to prevent unscrewing. Adjustment: Adjustment of the damping rate is achieved by pulling (or pushing) the piston rod to its fully extended (or compressed) position. Whilst still pulling the piston rod turn it clockwise to increase damping and anti-clockwise to decrease damping. If the resistance increases noticeably, stop adjusting to avoid damage. The adjustment can add a max. of 6 mm to the L dim. shown (adjustment instruction see page 115). Free travel: Construction of standard damper results in a free travel of approx. % of stroke. Positive stop: Provide mechanical stops 1 to 1.5 mm before end of each stroke direction. Material: Body: black powder coated steel. Piston rod: ceramic coated steel. End fittings: zinc plated steel. Separator piston (-T): Available as a special option to remove free travel. Also provides extension force of max. 50. Dimension: L = 2.45 x stroke + 47 mm. On request: Special lengths, alternative seals and end fittings. 1 Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com

Hydraulic Dampers HB-22 Adjustable (Compression and Extension Forces 30 to 100 ) End Fitting Standard Dimensions End Fitting A Ø,1 14 breit Ø,1 Ø thick breit thick Eye A B C D E G Radius Kugel R7 R7 24 6 Mx1,25 Ø Ø 13,5 W-22 Rod Shroud 36 Ø Ø 13 32 Ø Ø 6 13 36 Ø 14 Ø L+/- L +/- 2 mm 2 mm ausgefahren extended + max + 6 max mm 6 for mm adjustment Verstellweg setting 30 9 15 30 Mx1,25 Ø Ø13 15 Ø 2 Dimensions Type L = L = + 30 Stroke mm L extended Ø 22 14 1 Max. Compression Force HB-22-50 50 150 1 00 HB-22-0 0 250 1 00 HB-22-150 150 350 1 00 HB-22-0 0 450 1 000 HB-22-250 250 550 1 000 1 Max. extension force for all stroke lengths 100. Ordering Example Type (Hydraulic Damper) Body Ø (22 mm) Stroke (150 mm) Piston Rod End Fitting D Body End Fitting D Damping Direction (M = out stroke only) Damping Options P = Damping in both directions M = Damping on out stroke only = Damping on in stroke only X = Special model suffix The end fittings are interchangeable and must be positively secured by the customer to prevent unscrewing (i.e. Loctite). For mounting accessories see page 142. HB-22 For mounting accessories see page 142. HB-22-150-DD-M Technical Data 30 30 32 36 Stud Thread B Angle Ball Joint C (Max. permitted force 10 ) Clevis Fork D Swivel Eye E Ball Socket G (Max. permitted force 10 ) Mounting: Can be mounted in any position. End fittings must be positively secured to prevent unscrewing. Adjustment: Adjustment of the damping rate is achieved by pulling (or pushing) the piston rod to its fully extended (or compressed) position. Whilst still pulling the piston rod turn it clockwise to increase damping and anti-clockwise to decrease damping. If the resistance increases noticeably, stop adjusting to avoid damage. The adjustment can add a max. of 6 mm to the L dim. shown (adjustment instruction see page 115). Free travel: Construction of standard damper results in a free travel of approx. % of stroke. Positive stop: Provide mechanical stops 1 to 1.5 mm before end of each stroke direction. Material: Body: black powder coated steel. Piston rod: ceramic coated steel. End fittings: zinc plated steel. Separator piston (-T): Available as a special option to remove free travel. Also provides extension force of max. 0. Dimension L = 2.3 x stroke + 55 mm. On request: Special lengths, alternative seals and end fittings. 111 Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 111

Hydraulic Dampers HB-2 Adjustable (Compression and Extension Forces 30 to 3000 ) End Fitting Standard Dimensions End Fitting A Ø,1 14 breit thick Ø,1 Ø thick breit Eye A 1 B C D E G Radius Kugel R7 R7 24 6 Mx1,25 Ø Ø 13,5 W-2 Rod Shroud 36 Ø Ø 13 32 Ø Ø 6 13 36 Ø 14 Ø L+/- L +/- 22 mm ausgefahren extended + max + 6 max mm for 6 mm adjustment Verstellweg setting 30 9 15 30 Mx1,25 Ø Ø13 15 Ø 32 Dimensions Type L L = + + 40 40 Stroke mm L extended Ø 2 14 1 Max. Compression Force HB-2-0 0 260 3 000 HB-2-150 150 360 3 000 HB-2-0 0 460 3 000 HB-2-250 250 560 3 000 HB-2-300 300 660 2 500 HB-2-350 350 760 2 000 HB-2-400 400 60 1 500 HB-2-500 500 1 060 1 000 1 Max. extension force for all stroke lengths 3000. Ordering Example Type (Hydraulic Damper) Body Ø (2 mm) Stroke (150 mm) Piston Rod End Fitting D Body End Fitting D Damping Direction (M = out stroke only) Damping Options P = Damping in both directions M = Damping on out stroke only = Damping on in stroke only X = Special model suffix The end fittings are interchangeable and must be positively secured by the customer to prevent unscrewing (i.e. Loctite). For mounting accessories see page 142. HB-2 For mounting accessories see page 142. HB-2-150-DD-M Technical Data 30 30 32 36 Stud Thread B Angle Ball Joint C (Max. permitted force 10 ) Clevis Fork D Swivel Eye E Ball Socket G (Max. permitted force 10 ) Mounting: Can be mounted in any position. End fittings must be positively secured to prevent unscrewing. Adjustment: Adjustment of the damping rate is achieved by pulling (or pushing) the piston rod to its fully extended (or compressed) position. Whilst still pulling the piston rod turn it clockwise to increase damping and anti-clockwise to decrease damping. If the resistance increases noticeably, stop adjusting to avoid damage. The adjustment can add a max. of 6 mm to the L dim. shown (adjustment instruction see page 115). Free travel: Construction of standard damper results in a free travel of approx. % of stroke. Positive stop: Provide mechanical stops 1 to 1.5 mm before end of each stroke direction. Material: Body: black powder coated steel. Piston rod: ceramic coated steel. End fittings: zinc plated steel. Separator piston (-T): Available as a special option to remove free travel. Also provides extension force of max. 50. Dimension L = 2.35 x stroke + 60 mm. On request: Special lengths, alternative seals and end fittings. 1 Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com

Hydraulic Dampers HB-40 Adjustable (Compression and Extension Forces 30 to 000 ) End Fitting Standard Dimensions End Fitting A14 Ø 14,1 25 14 breit thick Ø14,1 Ø 14 14 thick breit Eye A14 B14 C14 D14 E14 19 1 Radius Kugel R,5 27 M14x1,5 Ø 14 14 27 56 21 Ø 14 40 L+/- L +/- 22 mm mm ausgefahren extended + max + 6 max mm 6 for mm adjustment Verstellweg setting 15 Ø 30 Ø 22 2 30 Ø 14 W14-40 Rod Shroud 1 36 Ø 13 57 25 45 M14x1,5 30 Ø 26 Ø 45 Dimensions Type Stroke mm L extended Ø 40 21 1 Max. Compression Force HB-40-0 0 275 000 HB-40-150 150 375 000 HB-40-0 0 475 000 HB-40-300 300 675 000 HB-40-400 400 75 000 HB-40-500 500 1 075 6 000 HB-40-600 600 1 275 4 000 HB-40-700 700 1 475 3 000 HB-40-00 00 1 675 3 000 1 Max. extension force for all stroke lengths 000. Ordering Example HB-40-300-EE- Type (Hydraulic Damper) Body Ø (40 mm) Stroke (300 mm) Piston Rod End Fitting E14 Body End Fitting E14 Damping Direction ( = in stroke only) Damping Options P = Damping in both directions M = Damping on out stroke only = Damping on in stroke only X = Special model suffix The end fittings are interchangeable and must be positively secured by the customer to prevent unscrewing (i.e. Loctite). For mounting accessories see page 143. 40 15 45 56 57 Stud Thread B14 Angle Ball Joint C14 (Max. permitted force 30 ) Clevis Fork D14 Swivel Eye E14 L L = = + 40 40 Technical Data For mounting accessories see page 143. HB-40 Mounting: Can be mounted in any position. End fittings must be positively secured to prevent unscrewing. Adjustment: Adjustment of the damping rate is achieved by pulling (or pushing) the piston rod to its fully extended (or compressed) position. Whilst still pulling the piston rod turn it clockwise to increase damping and anti-clockwise to decrease damping. If the resistance increases noticeably, stop adjusting to avoid damage. The adjustment can add a max. of 6 mm to the L dim. shown (adjustment instruction see page 115). Free travel: Construction of standard damper results in a free travel of approx. % of stroke. Positive stop: Provide mechanical stops 1 to 1.5 mm before end of each stroke direction. Material: Body: black powder coated steel. Piston rod: ceramic coated steel. End fittings: zinc plated steel. Separator piston (-T): Available as a special option to remove free travel. Also provides extension force of max. 0. Dimension L = 2.32 x stroke + 2 mm. On request: Special lengths, alternative seals and end fittings. 113 Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 113

Hydraulic Dampers HB-70 Adjustable (Compression and Extension Forces 00 to 50000 ) End Fitting Standard Dimensions End Fitting B24 M24x2 Stud Thread B24 Ø 30 35 L+/- L +/- 2 2 mm mm ausgefahren extended + max + max mm for mm adjustment Verstellweg setting Ø 70 35 Dimensions D24 Ø 25 50 25 50 32 0 Type Stroke mm L extended 1 Max. Compression Force HB-70-0 0 3 50 000 HB-70-0 0 5 50 000 HB-70-300 300 7 50 000 HB-70-400 400 9 30 300 HB-70-500 500 1 1 21 600 HB-70-600 600 1 3 0 HB-70-700 700 1 5 600 HB-70-00 00 1 7 0 1 Max. extension force for all stroke lengths 50 000. 0 Clevis Fork D24 Ordering Example HB-70-300-EE- E24 31 30 Ø 25 Ø 34 22 Ø 42 Type (Hydraulic Damper) Body Ø (70 mm) Stroke (300 mm) Piston Rod End Fitting E24 Body End Fitting E24 Damping Direction ( = in stroke only) Swivel Eye E24 30 30 94 40 Damping Options P = Damping in both directions M = Damping on out stroke only = Damping on in stroke only X = Special model suffix 94 The end fittings are interchangeable and must be positively secured by the customer to prevent unscrewing (i.e. Loctite). For mounting accessories see page 143. W24-70 Rod Shroud Ø 0 L L = = + 130 130 Technical Data 114 For mounting accessories see page 143. HB-70 Mounting: Can be mounted in any position. End fittings must be positively secured to prevent unscrewing. Adjustment: Adjustment of the damping rate is achieved by pulling (or pushing) the piston rod to its fully extended (or compressed) position. Whilst still pulling the piston rod turn it clockwise to increase damping and anti-clockwise to decrease damping. The adjustment can add a max. of mm to the L dim. shown (adjustment instruction see page 115). Free travel: Construction of standard damper results in a free travel of approx. % of stroke. Positive stop: Provide mechanical stops 5 to 6 mm before end of each stroke direction. Material: Body: black powder coated steel or zinc plated steel. Piston rod: hard chrome plated. End fittings: zinc plated steel. Separator piston (-T): Available as a special option to remove free travel. Also provides extension force of max. 250. Increases dimension L + 150 mm. On request: Special lengths, alternative seals and end fittings. 114 Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com

Hydraulic Dampers Adjustment Instructions Adjustment Instructions for HB-15 to HB-70 and HBS-2 to HBS-70 View in direction of arrow Adjustment only possible when piston rod is fully extended or fully compressed. 1. Hold outer body. soft damping Rotate rod anti-clockwise higher velocity strong damping Rotate rod clockwise slower velocity 2. a) When piston rod is fully extended: Adjust damping by turning the piston rod as shown in the picture. Whilst rotating, pull the piston rod gently, to ensure the adjuster locates in the end cap. b) When the piston rod is fully compressed: Adjust the damping by turning the piston rod as shown in the picture. Whilst rotating, push the piston rod gently, to ensure the adjuster locates in the end cap. 3. When resistance is felt when rotating the piston rod, stop turning. You will be at the end of the adjustment. OTE: Do not turn rotate piston rod too quickly as damage could occur. 4. Check the damping, if required repeat step 1 to 3. 5. On all versions with a separator piston (type T ) adjustment is only possible when the piston rod is extended (adjustment 2a). Adjustment Instructions for HB- Adjustment Use screwdriver with size 0.6 x 2.5 mm Rotate rod anti-clockwise for higher velocity Rotate rod clockwise for slower velocity 115 Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 115

Door Dampers TD-2 and TDE-2 Adjustable Standard Dimensions TD-2 Ø Mx1 Ø 2 Mx1 Ø Ø 23 Ø23 25 A A 14 C +/- 2 mm 14 L ausgefahren extended (+ max (+ max mm for mm adjustment Verstellweg) setting) B B 25 Ordering Example Type (Door Damper) Body Ø (2 mm) Stroke A (50 mm) Stroke B (50 mm) TD-2-50-50 Return Type F = automatic return with return spring D = without return spring. When one piston is pushed in, the piston rod at the other end is pushed out (thus the damper must be impacted from alternate ends to sequence correctly). Dimensions and Capacity Chart Type Stroke A mm Stroke B mm C L max Max. Impact Mass kg Max. Damping Force Q Max. Energy Capacity W 3 m/cycle Max. Return Force Return Type Adjustment TD-2-50-50 50 50 2 402150 1 550 75 30 F Tooth Type TD-2-70-70 70 70 260 420 1 500 70 30 F Tooth Type TD-2-0-0 0 0 2 502250 1 500 0 40 F Tooth Type TD-2-1-1 1 1 4250 3 00 5 0 D Tooth Type Standard Dimensions TDE-2 Ø Mx1 Ø 2 Ø 23 25 Hub 14 C +/- 2 mm L L +/- +/- 22 mm mm ausgefahren extended (+ max (+ 4 max mm 4 for mm adjustment Verstellweg) setting) Ordering Example TDE-2-50 Type (Door Damper) Body Ø (2 mm) Stroke (50 mm) Dimensions and Capacity Chart Type Stroke mm C L max Max. Impact Mass kg Max. Damping Force Q Max. Energy Capacity W 3 m/cycle Max. Return Force 1 TDE-2-50 50 130 2214 000 2 400 0 30 TDE-2-70 70 15 2695 600 2 400 1 30 TDE-2-0 0 193 333 000 2 400 0 30 TDE-2-1 1 214 3737 000 2 400 190 40 Technical Data ACE door dampers are single ended or double ended working adjustable hydraulic shock absorbers. Application areas: Cushioning of elevator doors, automatic and sliding doors and similar applications. Adjustment: Pull the piston rod fully out and turn the knurled rod end button. This allows the damping to be separately adjusted for each side. As a result of the adjustment mechanism the overall length L can be increased by up to 4 mm. Operating temperature range: - C to 0 C Impact velocity range v: 0.1 to 2 m/s Strokes per minute: max. Material: Piston rod: hard chrome plated steel. Cylinder body: zinc plated steel. On request: With different deceleration characteristics, special stroke lengths, special seals etc. 1 Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com

Hydraulic Dampers Application Examples Passengers always feel the swinging movement involved when cable cars arrive at the ski station. Maintenance free hydraulic dampers type HB-40-300- EE-X-P cushion these movements perfectly. Designers of the cable cars, connected by means of an articulated joint via a four-point frame and connection guide to the suspension rod, profit from the ability of the adjustable brakes to absorb compressive forces of up to 000 on either side. Swinging movements cushioned by hydraulic dampers Hydraulic dampers for added convenience when operating cable cars Hydraulic dampers bring the sled movement of this textile machine to a gentle stop. At the turning point of 130 kg reeling spools, a sled should move up and down smoothly without causing a collision at the end of stroke position. The solution was provided by the hydraulic damper DVC-32-0. A selfcontained sealed unit, ready to install and maintenance free these units are ideal for precise control of speeds in both directions of travel. The travel speed is maintained throughout the entire stroke and can be independently adjusted in each direction of travel. Thanks to their compact design and wide choice of mounting accessories, these dampers could be easily integrated into this machine. Precise unreeling 117 Textile machine unreels threads even better Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 117

Industrial Gas Springs GS- to GS-70 The ACE gas spring range includes push type and pull type (traction) gas springs all designed for the industrial environment. ACE industrial gas springs are maintenance free and self-contained. They are available with body diameters from mm up to 70 mm, and forces from up to 13 000 ex. stock. ACE gas springs offer a high service life with a hard ceramic coating on the piston rod. Also an integrated low friction bearing with grease chamber which provides a very low break away force (GS-15 to GS-40). All of which are superior to a conventional gas spring. It also allows them to be mounted in any orientation, although rod downwards is preferable if you want to take advantage of the built-in end position damping. The optional valve allows the force to be adjusted to your specific requirements. A wide variety of interchangeable end fittings makes installation easy and versatile. They are universally applicable wherever you have lifting and lowering. They remove the need for muscle power and provide controlled motion for lids, hoods, machine guards etc. The ACE Selection Software quickly specifies the correct gas spring for your individual application and we can deliver, usually within 24 hours. ACE traction gas springs work in pull direction and are available with body diameters of 19 mm and 2 mm. Force adjustable to your specific requirements with gas valve ex. stock! Bearing Bush Gas Valve Filled with High Pressure itrogen Gas Precision Steel Tube Powder Coated for Corrosion Protection Metering Orifice for Controlled Extension and Compression Velocities Oil Zone for End Position Damping and Lubrication (Recommended mounting position: piston rod downwards) Integral Grease Chamber for Increased Lifetime 11 11 Piston Rod with Hard Ceramic Coating Function: ACE industrial gas springs provide a maintenance free sealed for life system, being filled with high pressure nitrogen gas. The oil zone filling provides end position damping and internal lubrication for a long lifetime. On the extension stroke of the gas spring, for example when opening a car tailgate, the nitrogen gas flows through the metering orifice in the piston to provide a controlled opening speed and the oil zone provides damping at the fully open position to avoid impact damage. The gas spring should be mounted rod down for this damping to be effective. On closing the tailgate the gas spring helps support the weight. The metering orifice controls the extension and compression velocities of the gas spring. Operating fluid: itrogen gas and oil (for end damping) Mounting: In any position Operating temperature range: - C to 0 C On request: Without damping, extended length damping, special force curves, special lengths, alternative end fittings.

Function, Calculation and Mounting Tips Gas springs are universally accepted, wherever you want to push, pull, lift, lower, or position covers, lids or other components by hand without using an external energy source. ACE gas springs are individually filled to a predetermined pressure to suit a customer s requirement (extension Force F 1 ). The cross-sectional area of the piston rod and filling pressure determines the extension force F = p*a. During the compression of the piston rod, nitrogen flows through an orifice in the piston from the full bore side of the piston to the annulus. The nitrogen is compressed by the volume of the piston rod. As the piston rod is compressed the pressure increases, so increasing the reaction force (progression). The force depends on the proportional relationship between the piston rod and the inner tube diameter, which is approximately linear. Gas Spring Force-Stroke Characteristics Standard Gas Spring (Push Type) 5 F 3 einfahrend Compression ausfahrend Extension F 1 F 2 Total Gesamthub Stroke mm F 4 5 F R When compressing the piston rod, there is an additional friction force caused by the contact pressure of the seals (this only occurs during the compression stroke) F R F 3 = force at the beginning of the compression stroke F 4 = force at the end of the compression stroke F1 = nominal force at C (this is the pressure figure normally used when specifying the gas spring) F2 = force in the complete compressed position Type 1 Progression 2 Friction F R approx. % approx. in GS- 2 GS- GS- 25 GS-15 27 GS-19 36-42 3 30 GS-22 39-50 3 30 GS-2 60-95 3 40 GS-40 47-53 3 50 GS-70 25 50 Type 1 Progression 2 Friction F R approx. % approx. in GZ-19-40 GZ-2 0-0 Traction Gas Spring (Pull Type) 5 F 4 F 2 Outward Stroke ausziehen Inward Stroke einziehen Total Gesamthub Stroke mm F 1 F 3 5 F R When extending the piston rod, there is an additional friction force caused by the contact pressure of the seals (this only occurs during the extension stroke) F R F 3 = force at the beginning of the extension stroke F 4 = force at the end of the extension stroke 1 The Progression (the slope of the force line in the diagrams above) is due to the reduction of the internal gas volume as the piston rod moves from its initial position to its fully stroked position. The approx. progression values given above for standard springs can be altered on request. Effect of Temperature: The nominal F1 figure is given at C. An increase of C will increase force by 3.4%. Filling Tolerance on F1 Force: - to +40 or 5% to 7% 2 Depending on the filling force. 3 Depending on the stroke. F1 = nominal force at C (this is the pressure figure normally used when specifying the gas spring) F2 = force in the complete extended position Service Life Filling tolerance: - to +40 or 5 % to 7 % Effect of temperature: An increase in temperature of each C will increase force by approx. 3.4 %. Temperature range: - C to +0 C (special seals from -45 C to 0 C) Mounting: The gas springs should ideally be installed with the piston rod pointing downwards to use the end damping during the extension stroke to smoothly decelerate the motion of the gas spring. Some ACE gas springs have a uniquely designed front bearing with an integrated grease chamber allowing the gas spring to be mounted and operated in any position if required. When fitting the gas springs ensure that the stroke is fully extended (GZ type fully compressed), this makes assembly and disassembly much easier. Support the moving mass/flap during assembly or disassembly to prevent accidents. To avoid twisting or side loading, it is recommended that ball joints or other pivoted mounting attachments are used. The mounting attachments must always be securely tightened onto the threaded studs of the gas spring. ACE gas springs are maintenance-free. DO OT oil or grease the piston rod! The piston rod must be protected from any hits, scratches or dirt and especially paint. Damage to the surface finish of the piston rod will destroy the sealing system and cause loss of pressure. The outer body must not be deformed or mechanically damaged. ACE gas springs can be stored in any position. Experience has shown that long storage periods do not result in loss of pressure. However you may experience some stiction requiring a higher effort to move the gas spring for the first time after a long storage period. Generally, ACE gas springs are tested to 70 000 to 0 000 complete strokes. This is equivalent to the seal lifetime (depending on model size) to a distance travelled of 2 km up to km. During these tests the gas spring must not lose more than 5 % of its pressure. Depending upon the application and operating environment, the service life of these gas springs may be much longer. In practise 500 000 strokes or more have been achieved on some applications. Lifetime for traction gas spring see pages 132 and 133. Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 119 119

Industrial Gas Springs Adjustment Instructions Valve, Filling Kit Adjustment Instructions Valve GS GZ Adjustment Instruction 1. Hold gas spring piston rod down. 2. Remove any fitting attached to the body end of the gas spring (GZ version the piston rod). 3. Insert adjuster knob on thread end on the cylinder body (on GZ version thread end on the piston rod). When resistance is felt, proceed slowly and with caution. This opens the valve and you can hear the nitrogen escaping and reducing pressure. Turn back the adjusting knob immediately, to avoid too much nitrogen being discharged. 4. After adjustment, remove the Adjuster knob, mount the end fittings and test the gas spring in your application. If necessary repeat the procedure. If you use 2 gas springs in parallel, both gas springs should have the same force to avoid bending forces or side load on the application. If necessary return to ACE to refill both gas springs to the same (average) force. If too much nitrogen is discharged, the units can be returned to ACE for re-gassing. Gas Spring Refilling Kit The ACE gas spring refilling kit gives the ability to fill, or adjust pressure (or force) of a Gas Spring on site. You gain independence and flexibility. The refilling kit includes all the parts necessary to fill your ACE gas springs on site. Only the high pressure nitrogen bottle is not included in the kit. Gas spring refilling kit with one filling bell. Please indicate the thread size. Ordering Example: gas spring refilling kit GS-19 additional filling bell GZ-19 Independence and flexibility! 1 Available filling bells M3.5 : GS- M3.5 : GS- M3.5 : GS- M5: GS- 15 M: GS- 19 GS- 22 GZ- 19 M: GS- 2 GZ- 2 M14: GS- 40 1 Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com

Calculation and Safety Hints Calculation To obtain the ideal selection to give the optimum operation for a gas spring it is important to identify the following points: gas spring size required gas spring stroke mounting points on flap and frame extended length of the gas spring required extension force hand forces throughout the complete movement on the flap With our free calculation service you can eliminate the time-consuming calculation and fax us your details. Just complete the information shown on the calculation formulae page number 2. Please attach a sketch of your application (a simple hand sketch is sufficient) in side view. Our application engineers will determine the optimum mounting points and calculate the ideal situation to satisfy your requirements. You will receive a quotation showing the opening and closing forces and our recommended mounting points to suit your application. Calculation offer with all required details for assembly! Safety Instructions Gas springs are filled with pure nitrogen gas. itrogen is an inert gas that does not burn or explode and is not poisonous. Please note!: the internal pressure of gas springs can be up to 300 bar. Do not attempt to open or modify them. ACE gas springs will operate in surrounding temperatures from - C to +0 C. We can equip our springs with special seals to withstand temperatures as low as -45 C or as high as +0 C. Gas springs should not be placed over heat or in open fire! Disposal/Recycling: Gas Springs consist mostly of metal and the metal could be recycled, but first the gas pressure must be removed. Please ask for our disposal recommendations which advise how to depressurize the gas springs and make them safe to recycle. All gas springs are marked with the part number, the production date and a warning sign Do not open high pressure. We are not responsible for any damages of any kind that arises due to goods that are not marked accordingly. Gas springs should be installed with the piston rod downwards. This position ensures best damping quality. Only ACE gas springs include an integrated grease chamber which allows for alternative mounting opportunities. Gas springs should not be exposed to tilting or side load forces during operation or whilst static (this can cause bending of the piston rod or early wear). Gas springs are maintenance free. Do not grease or oil the piston rod. The piston rod must not be painted and should be protected against shocks, scratches and dirt. The cylinder should not be deformed as such damage would destroy the sealing system. ACE gas springs can be stored in any position. Pressure lost through long storage is not to be expected. There are no known negative values, but there may be a sticking effect the first time you compress a spring. This may require a higher initial force to operate the gas spring for the first time (initial breakaway force). The tolerance for the installation length is generally deemed to be ± 2 mm. If very high demands are placed on durability and stability, please avoid the combination of small diameter + long stroke + high force. The filling tolerance is - to 40 or 5 % to 7 %. 1 Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 1

Calculation Formulae Case 1 (e.g. Flap) Case 2 (e.g. Hood) α (90 ) (90 ) Opening Opening Angle Angle α (0 ) (0 ) Opening Angle Angle Starting Angle (- = 34 ) In this example: Starting Angle = 270 Opening Angle = +90 In this example: Starting Angle = 34 Opening Angle = +0 Push type Pull type Desired Mounting Fittings 2 Case 1 Case 2 (with attached sketch only) Input Date Gas Spring Fixing points The fixed point X F and Y F of the frame and the moving point X L and Y L of the flap are critical for the optimum operation. Therefore please attach a sketch of your application on separate paper (a few lines with their dimensions are sufficient)! Moving mass m kg o. of gas springs in parallel n pcs umber of movements /day Ambient temperature T C (if not shown by the sketch) Radius of centre of gravity R M mm Radius of hand force R H mm Starting angle (0 to 360 ) Opening angle ( 360 to +360 ) α ( = downwards, + = upwards) Dimensions of the flap: thickness mm Distance between flap and pivot: Upper side O K = mm, Lower side U K = mm Comments Sender Co. Address End Fitting A B C D E F G Stud Thread Angle Ball Joint Clevis Fork Swivel Eye Inline Ball Joint Ball Socket The end fittings are interchangeable. e.g.: -CE C = Angle Ball Joint, E = Swivel Eye Requirement per year Machine type/reference Dept. ame End Fitting A B C D E F G Telephone Fax Internet E-Mail Please copy, complete and fax to ACE: Fax +49-(0)2173-9226-9 2 Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com

Ø 4,1 Ø Industrial Gas Springs GS- (Push Type) Extension Forces to 0 (when Piston Rod Compressed up to 130 ) End Fitting Standard Dimensions End Fitting A3,5 44 thick breit 4 breit thick Ø4,1 Eye A3,5 B3,5 C3,5 D3,5 E3,5 Radius Kugel R4 R4 7 M3,5x0,6 Ø13 Ø,5 36 Ø 4 4 5 24 Ø 4 Ø 3 L+/- L 22 mm ausgefahren extended 5 6 1 M4x0,7 Ø 7, 5,3 Dimensions Type Stroke mm Ø L extended GS-- 72 GS--30 30 92 GS--40 40 1 GS--50 50 132 GS--60 60 152 GS--0 0 192 Ordering Example Type (Push Type) Body Ø ( mm) Stroke (30 mm) Piston Rod End Fitting A3.5 Body End Fitting C3.5 ominal Force F1 30 The end fittings are interchangeable. For mounting accessories see page 141. GS--30-AC-30 5 1 Stud Thread B3,5 Angle Ball Joint C3,5 Clevis Fork D3,5 Swivel Eye E3,5 G3,5 7 7,3 Ø13 5 Ø Ball Socket G3,5 4 Ø 1 6 1 W3,5- Rod Shroud Ø 11 L L = = + + 5 Adjuster Knob U3,5 See page 1. GS- Technical Data Mounting: In any position Advice: We recommend mounting with piston rod downwards to take advantage of the built-in end position damping. End position damping length: Approx. 5 mm Progression: Approx. 2%, F2 max. 130 Available force range F1 at C: to 0 Material: Body: black powder coated steel. Piston rod: stainless steel (1.4305). End fittings: zinc plated steel. On request: Without damping, extended length damping, special force curves, special lengths, alternative end fittings. For mounting accessories see page 141. 3 Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 3

Ø 4,1 Ø Industrial Gas Springs GS- (Push Type) Extension Forces to 0 (when Piston Rod Compressed up to 1 ) End Fitting Standard Dimensions End Fitting A3,5 44 thick breit 4 breit thick Ø4,1 Eye A3,5 B3,5 C3,5 D3,5 E3,5 Radius Kugel R4 7 M3,5x0,6 Ø13 Ø,5 36 Ø 4 4 5 24 Ø 4 Ø 3 L L+/- 2 mm ausgefahren extended 5 6 1 M4x0,7 Ø 7, 5,3 Dimensions Type Stroke mm Ø L extended GS-- 72 GS--30 30 92 GS--40 40 1 GS--50 50 132 GS--60 60 152 GS--0 0 192 Ordering Example Type (Push Type) Body Ø ( mm) Stroke (0 mm) Piston Rod End Fitting A3.5 Body End Fitting C3.5 ominal Force F1 60 The end fittings are interchangeable. For mounting accessories see page 141. GS--0-AC-60 5 1 Stud Thread B3,5 Angle Ball Joint C3,5 Clevis Fork D3,5 Swivel Eye E3,5 G3,5 7 7,3 Ø13 5 Ø Ball Socket G3,5 4 Ø 1 6 1 W3,5- Rod Shroud Ø 13 L L = = + 5 Adjuster Knob U3,5 See page 1. GS- Technical Data Mounting: In any position 4 Advice: We recommend mounting with piston rod downwards to take advantage of the built-in end position damping. End position damping length: Approx. 5 mm Progression: Approx. %, F2 max. 1 Available force range F1 at C: to 0 Material: Body: black powder coated steel. Piston rod: stainless steel (1.4305). End fittings: zinc plated steel. On request: Without damping, extended length damping, special force curves, special lengths, alternative end fittings. For mounting accessories see page 141. 4 Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com

Ø 4,1 Ø Industrial Gas Springs GS- (Push Type) Extension Forces to 10 (when Piston Rod Compressed up to 225 ) End Fitting Standard Dimensions End Fitting A3,5 44 thick breit 4 thick breit Ø4,1 Eye A3,5 B3,5 C3,5 D3,5 Radius Kugel R4 R4 M3,5x0,6 Ø13 Ø,5 36 Ø 4 Ø 4 L+/- L 2 mm ausgefahren extended 5 6 1 M4x0,7 Dimensions Type Stroke mm L extended Ø max. F1 GS-- 72 10 GS--30 30 92 10 GS--40 40 1 10 GS--50 50 132 10 GS--60 60 152 10 GS--0 0 192 150 GS--0 0 232 150 GS--1 1 272 1 GS--150 150 332 0 5 1 Stud Thread B3,5 Angle Ball Joint C3,5 Clevis Fork D3,5 4 Ordering Example GS--0-AA-30 E3,5 G3,5 5 7 7 24 Ø 4 7,3 Ø13 Ø 7, 5,3 5 Ø Type (Push Type) Body Ø ( mm) Stroke (150mm) Piston Rod End Fitting A3.5 Body End Fitting A3.5 ominal Force F1 30 The end fittings are interchangeable. For mounting accessories see page 141. Swivel Eye E3,5 Ball Socket G3,5 4 Ø 1 6 1 W3,5- Rod Shroud Ø 15,6 L = L = + 5 Adjuster Knob U3,5 See page 1. GS- Technical Data Mounting: In any position Advice: We recommend mounting with piston rod downwards to take advantage of the built-in end position damping. End position damping length: Approx. mm Progression: Approx. 25%, F2 max. 225 Available force range F1 at C: to 10 Material: Body: black powder coated steel. Piston rod: stainless steel (1.4305). End fittings: zinc plated steel. On request: Without damping, extended length damping, special force curves, special lengths, alternative end fittings. For mounting accessories see page 141. 5 Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 5

Ø 6,1 Ø Industrial Gas Springs GS-15 (Push Type) Extension Forces to 400 (when Piston Rod Compressed up to 500 ) End Fitting Standard Dimensions End Fitting A5 6 thick breit 6 thick breit Ø 6,1 Eye A5 B5 C5 D5 E5 Radius Kugel R5 R5 24 Ø 6 M5x0, Ø13 Ø 36 Ø 5 5 6 Ø 4,5 Ø 6 L+/- L +/- 2 2 mm mm ausgefahren extended 5 22 M5x0, Ø13 Dimensions Type Stroke mm Ø 15 L extended GS-15-67 GS-15-40 40 7 GS-15-50 50 7 GS-15-60 60 147 GS-15-0 0 17 GS-15-0 0 227 GS-15-1 1 267 GS-15-150 150 327 Ordering Example Type (Push Type) Body Ø (15 mm) Stroke (150 mm) Piston Rod End Fitting A5 Body End Fitting C5 ominal Force F1 150 GS-15-150-AC-150 5 22 Stud Thread B5 Angle Ball Joint C5 (Max. permitted force 500 ) Clevis Fork D5 Swivel Eye E5 F5 6 M5x0, 45 30 SW13 AF13 Ø The end fittings are interchangeable. For mounting accessories see page 141. 30 Inline Ball Joint F5 G5 4,5 Ø 2 Ø13 22 Ø 22 2 Ball Socket G5 (Max. permitted force 500 ) W5-15 Rod Shroud Ø 19 L L = = + GS-15 5 Adjuster Knob U5 See page 1. 6 For mounting accessories see page 141. Technical Data Mounting: In any position Advice: We recommend mounting with piston rod downwards to take advantage of the built-in end position damping. End position damping length: Approx. mm Progression: Approx. 27%, F2 max. 500 Available force range F1 at C: to 400 Material: Body: black powder coated steel. Piston rod: ceramic coated steel. End fittings: zinc plated steel. On request: Without damping, increased damping action at end of travel, special force curves, special lengths, strokes alternative end fittings, stainless steel (see pages 134 to 139). 6 Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com

Ø,1 Ø 14 Industrial Gas Springs GS-19 (Push Type) Extension Forces 50 to 700 (when Piston Rod Compressed up to 995 ) End Fitting Standard Dimensions End Fitting A thick breit breit thick Ø,1 Eye A B C D E Radius Kugel R7 R7 24 Mx1,25 Ø Ø 13,5 36 Ø 32 Ø Ø 6 14 Ø L+/- L +/- 2 2 mm mm ausgefahren extended 9 15 30 Mx1,25 Ø Dimensions Type Stroke mm Ø 19 14 L extended GS-19-50 50 4 GS-19-0 0 264 GS-19-150 150 364 GS-19-0 0 464 GS-19-250 250 564 GS-19-300 300 664 Ordering Example GS-19-150-AC-600 Type (Push Type) Body Ø (19 mm) Stroke (150 mm) Piston Rod End Fitting A Body End Fitting C ominal Force F1 600 The end fittings are interchangeable. For mounting accessories see page 142. 30 32 Stud Thread B Angle Ball Joint C (Max. permitted force 10 ) Clevis Fork D Swivel Eye E F 13 Mx1,25 45 36 SW15 AF15 Ø 36 Inline Ball Joint F (Max. permitted force 10 ) G 22 6 Ø 13 31 Ø 30 Ø13 15 30 31 Ball Socket G (Max. permitted force 10 ) W-19 Rod Shroud Ø 23 L L = = + + 30 30 GS-19 Adjuster Knob U See page 1. For mounting accessories see page 142. Technical Data Mounting: In any position Advice: We recommend mounting with piston rod downwards to take advantage of the built-in end position damping. End position damping length: Strong end position damping approx. to 60 mm (depending on the stroke) and slow extension speed. Progression: Approx. 36-42%, F2 max. 995 Available force range F1 at C: 50 to 700 Material: Body: black powder coated steel. Piston rod: ceramic coated steel. End fittings: zinc plated steel. On request: Without damping, standard length damping, special force curves, special lengths, alternative end fittings, stainless steel (see pages 134 to 139). 7 Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 7

Ø,1 Ø14 Industrial Gas Springs GS-22 (Push Type) Extension Forces 0 to 1300 (when Piston Rod Compressed up to 1950 ) End Fitting Standard Dimensions End Fitting A thick breit thick breit Ø,1 Eye A B C D E F G Radius Kugel R7 R7 24 Mx1,25 45 22 6 Mx1,25 Ø Ø 13,5 36 Ø Ø 13 32 Ø Ø 6 13 36 SW15 AF15 31 Ø 14 Ø L+/- L 22 mm ausgefahren extended 30 9 15 30 Mx1,25 Ø Ø Ø13 15 Dimensions Type Stroke mm Ø 22 14 L extended GS-22-50 50 4 GS-22-0 0 264 GS-22-150 150 364 GS-22-0 0 464 GS-22-250 250 564 GS-22-300 300 664 GS-22-350 350 764 GS-22-400 400 64 GS-22-450 450 964 GS-22-500 500 1 064 GS-22-550 550 1 4 GS-22-600 600 1 264 GS-22-650 650 1 364 GS-22-700 700 1 464 Ordering Example Type (Push Type) Body Ø (22 mm) Stroke (150 mm) Piston Rod End Fitting A Body End Fitting E ominal Force F1 00 The end fittings are interchangeable. For mounting accessories see page 142. GS-22-150-AE-00 30 30 32 31 36 Stud Thread B Angle Ball Joint C (Max. permitted force 10 ) Clevis Fork D Swivel Eye E Inline Ball Joint F (Max. permitted force 10 ) Ball Socket G (Max. permitted force 10 ) W-22 Rod Shroud Ø 2 L = L Stroke = Hub + 30 GS-22 Adjuster Knob U See page 1. For mounting accessories see page 142. Technical Data Mounting: In any position Advice: We recommend mounting with piston rod downwards to take advantage of the built-in end position damping. End position damping length: Strong end position damping approx. to 70 mm (depending on the stroke) and slow extension speed. Progression: approx. 39 to 50%, F2 max. 1950 Available force range F1 at C: 0 to 1300 Material: Body: black powder coated steel. Piston rod: ceramic coated steel. End fittings: zinc plated steel. On request: Without damping, standard length damping, special force curves, special lengths, alternative end fittings, stainless steel (see pages 134 to 139). Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com

Ø,1 Ø 1 Industrial Gas Springs GS-2 (Push Type) Extension Forces 150 to 2500 (when Piston Rod Compressed up to 475 ) End Fitting Standard Dimensions End Fitting A thick breit breit thick Ø,1 Eye A B C D E 9 F 14 Radius Kugel R9 R9 Mx1,5 Ø 24 Ø 24 Ø 36 Ø 40 Mx1,5 45 Ø 15 7 43 17 Ø 14 25 L+/- L 22 mm ausgefahren extended 9 1 35 Mx1,5 1 Ø19 SW17 AF17 AF17 SW17 Dimensions Type Stroke mm Ø 2 17 L extended GS-2-0 0 262 GS-2-150 150 362 GS-2-0 0 462 GS-2-250 250 562 GS-2-300 300 662 GS-2-350 350 762 GS-2-400 400 62 GS-2-450 450 962 GS-2-500 500 1 062 GS-2-550 550 1 2 GS-2-600 600 1 262 GS-2-650 650 1 362 GS-2-700 700 1 462 GS-2-750 750 1 562 Ordering Example Type (Push Type) Body Ø (2 mm) Stroke (150 mm) Piston Rod End Fitting E Body End Fitting E ominal Force F1 10 The end fittings are interchangeable. For mounting accessories see page 142. GS-2-150-EE-10 25 13 35 40 43 Stud Thread B Angle Ball Joint C (Max. permitted force 100 ) Clevis Fork D Swivel Eye E Inline Ball Joint F (Max. permitted force 100 ) 25 43 19 43 W-2 Rod Shroud Ø 32 L L = = + 40 40 GS-2 13 Adjuster Knob U See page 1. Technical Data For mounting accessories see page 142. Mounting: In any position Advice: We recommend mounting with piston rod downwards to take advantage of the built-in end position damping. End position damping length: Strong end position damping approx. 30 to 70 mm (depending on the stroke) and slow extension speed. Progression: Approx. 60 to 95%, F2 max. 475. Available force range F1 at C: 150 to 2500 Material: Body: black powder coated steel. Piston rod: ceramic coated steel. End fittings: zinc plated steel. On request: Without damping, standard length damping, special force curves, special lengths, alternative end fittings, stainless steel (see pages 134 to 139). 9 Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 9

Ø 14,1 Ø 25 Large Industrial Gas Springs GS-40 (Push Type) Extension Forces 500 to 5000 (when Piston Rod Compressed up to 7650 ) End Fitting Standard Dimensions End Fitting A14 14 14 thick breit 14 breit thick Ø14,1 Eye A14 B14 C14 D14 Radius Kugel R,5 M14x1,5 36 Ø14 21 Ø 40 L+/- L +/- 22 mm ausgefahren extended 15 Ø30 Ø 22 2 25 45 M14x1,5 Dimensions Type Stroke mm Ø 40 21 L extended GS-40-0 0 317 GS-40-150 150 417 GS-40-0 0 517 GS-40-300 300 717 GS-40-400 400 917 GS-40-500 500 1 117 GS-40-600 600 1 317 GS-40-00 00 1 717 GS-40-00 1 000 2 117 40 15 45 Stud Thread B14 Angle Ball Joint C14 (Max. permitted force 30 ) Clevis Fork D14 E14 19 F14 27 14 27 56 30 Ø14 1 1 M14x1,5 30 Ø 26 Ø 13 30 57 AF22 SW22 SW24 AF24 Ordering Example Type (Push Type) Body Ø (40 mm) Stroke (150 mm) Piston Rod End Fitting D14 Body End Fitting D14 ominal Force F1 3500 The end fittings are interchangeable. For mounting accessories see page 143. GS-40-150-DD-3500 56 57 Swivel Eye E14 Inline Ball Joint F14 (Max. permitted force 30 ) 40 56 1 56 W14-40 Rod Shroud Ø 45 L L = + + 40 40 15 Adjuster Knob U14 See page 1. GS-40 Technical Data 130 For mounting accessories see page 143. Mounting: In any position Advice: We recommend mounting with piston rod downwards to take advantage of the built-in end position damping. End position damping length: Strong end position damping approx. 30 to 70 mm (depending on the stroke) and slow extension speed. Progression: Approx. 47 to 53%, F2 max. 7650. Available force range F1 at C: 500 to 5000 Material: Body: black powder coated steel. Piston rod: ceramic coated steel. End fittings: zinc plated steel. On request: Without damping, standard length damping, special force curves, special lengths, alternative end fittings, stainless steel (see pages 134 to 139). 130 Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com

End Fitting Large Industrial Gas Springs GS-70 (Push Type) Extension Forces 00 to 13000 (when Piston Rod Compressed up to 250 ) Standard Dimensions End Fitting B24 M24x2 Stud Thread B24 Ø 30 35 L+/- L +/- 2 mm 2 mm ausgefahren extended Ø 70 35 Dimensions D24 Ø 25 50 25 50 32 0 Type Stroke mm L extended GS-70-0 0 3 GS-70-0 0 5 GS-70-300 300 7 GS-70-400 400 9 GS-70-500 500 1 1 GS-70-600 600 1 3 GS-70-700 700 1 5 GS-70-00 00 1 7 0 Clevis Fork D24 Ordering Example GS-70-0-EE-000 E24 30 Ø 25 Ø 34 22 Ø 42 Type (Push Type) Body Ø (70 mm) Stroke (0 mm) Piston Rod End Fitting E24 Body End Fitting E24 ominal Force F1 000 Swivel Eye E24 31 30 30 94 40 The end fittings are interchangeable. For mounting accessories see page 143. Standard gas spring with valve. 94 W24-70 Rod Shroud Ø 0 L = L Stroke = Hub + 130 Technical Data For mounting accessories see page 143. GS-70 Mounting: In any position Advice: We recommend mounting with piston rod downwards to take advantage of the built-in end position damping. End position damping length: Approx. mm Progression: Approx. 25%, F2 max. 250 Available force range F1 at C: 00 to 13000 Material: Body: black powder coated steel or zinc plated steel. Piston rod: hard chrome plated. End fittings: zinc plated steel. On request: Without damping, extended length damping, special force curves, special lengths, alternative end fittings, stainless steel. 131 Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 131

Ø,1 Ø 14 Traction Gas Springs GZ-19 (Pull Type) Traction (Pull) Forces 30 to 300 (when Piston Rod Extended up to 330 ) End Fitting Standard Dimensions End Fitting A thick breit breit thick Ø,1 Eye A B C D E G Radius Kugel R7 R7 24 6 Mx1,25 36 Ø Ø 13 14 Ø 30 L+/- L +/- 2 mm 2 mm eingefahren retracted Ø Ø 13,5 32 Ø Ø 6 13 36 15 30 Mx1,25 Ø Ø13 15 Ø 6 Dimensions Type Stroke mm Ø 19 14 L retracted GZ-19-30 30 1 GZ-19-50 50 132 GZ-19-0 0 GZ-19-150 150 232 GZ-19-0 0 22 GZ-19-250 250 332 Ordering Example Type (Pull Type) Body Ø (19 mm) Stroke (150 mm) Piston Rod End Fitting A Body End Fitting C Traction Force F1 250 GZ-19-150-AC-250 The end fittings are interchangeable and must be positively secured by the customer to prevent unscrewing (i.e. Loctite). For mounting accessories see page 142. 30 30 32 36 Stud Thread B Angle Ball Joint C (Max. permitted force 10 ) Clevis Fork D Swivel Eye E Ball Socket G (Max. permitted force 10 ) WZ-19 Rod Shroud Ø 23 L L = = + + 30 30 GZ-19 132 UZ Adjuster Knob See page 1. For mounting accessories see page 142. Technical Data Mounting: Can be mounted in any position. Install mechanical stop in extended position. End position damping length: Without damping Progression: Approx. %, F2 max. 330 ote: Lifetime approx. 00 m Available traction force range F1 at C: 30 to 300 Material: Body: black powder coated steel. End fittings: zinc plated steel. Piston rod: hard chrome plated. On request: Special force curves, special lengths, alternative end fittings, stainless steel. 132 Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com

Ø,1 Ø 1 Traction Gas Springs GZ-2 (Pull Type) Traction (Pull) Forces 150 to 10 (when Piston Rod Extended up to 1440 ) End Fitting Standard Dimensions End Fitting A thick breit breit thick Ø,1 Eye A B C D Radius Kugel R9 R9 Mx1,5 Ø 17 25 L L+/- 2 mm eingefahren retracted Ø 24 Ø 36 1 35 Mx1,5 Ø Dimensions Type Stroke mm Ø 2 17 L retracted GZ-2-30 30 130 GZ-2-50 50 150 GZ-2-0 0 0 GZ-2-150 150 250 GZ-2-0 0 300 GZ-2-250 250 350 GZ-2-300 300 400 GZ-2-350 350 450 GZ-2-400 400 500 GZ-2-450 450 550 GZ-2-500 500 600 GZ-2-550 550 650 GZ-2-600 600 700 GZ-2-650 650 750 25 35 Stud Thread B Angle Ball Joint C (Max. permitted force 100 ) Clevis Fork D E 9 24 Ø 14 40 Ø 19 Ø15 7 1 43 Ordering Example Type (Pull Type) Body Ø (2 mm) Stroke (150 mm) Piston Rod End Fitting E Body End Fitting E Traction Force F1 00 GZ-2-150-EE-00 The end fittings are interchangeable and must be positively secured by the customer to prevent unscrewing (i.e. Loctite). For mounting accessories see page 142. 40 43 Swivel Eye E WZ-2 Rod Shroud Ø 32 L L = = + 40 40 Technical Data UZ Adjuster Knob See page 1. For mounting accessories see page 142. GZ-2 Mounting: Can be mounted in any position. Install mechanical stop in extended position. End position damping length: Without damping Progression: Approx. %, F2 max. 1440. ote: Lifetime approx. 00 m Available traction force range F1 at C: 150 to 10 Material: Body: black powder coated steel. End fittings: zinc plated steel. Piston rod: hard chrome plated. On request: Increased traction force, special force curves, special lengths, alternative end fittings, stainless steel. 133 Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 133

Stainless Steel Gas Springs Gas Springs in AISI 303/304 (V2A) Stainless Steel As well as its very extensive range of standard adjustable force gas springs ACE can offer a wide range of stainless steel gas springs. These are manufactured in AISI 303/304 (V2A) stainless steel in sizes from Ø 15 mm to Ø 70 mm outer body diameter. Furthermore this high quality stainless finish is available in all stroke lengths and force levels on request. The associated end fittings such as clevis forks, ball joints and swivel eyes etc. are also available in 304 (V2A) stainless for all model sizes. Through their unique properties of being corrosion resistant and nonmagnetic these stainless springs are the preferred choice for medical, pharmaceutical, food industry and marine applications. Gas Valve Rear Endcap in V2A (1.4305/AISI 303) Body in V2A (1.4301/AISI 304) Oil Zone for End Position Damping and Lubrification (Recommended mounting position: piston rod downwards) Front Bearing in brass MA-VA swivel assembly to suit flat eye end fittings A and A in stainless steel R4,5 40 29 R,5 23,6 +0,5 Ø 25, 17 Ø,5 Piston Rod in V2A (1.4305/AISI 303) Ø 6,5 51 69 Ø 6,5 13 1 134 134 Operating fluid: itrogen gas and oil (for end damping) Material: Piston rod, body and end fittings: material 1.4301/1.4305. Mounting: In any position Advice: We recommend mounting with piston rod downwards to take advantage of the built-in end position damping. Operating temperature range: - C to 0 C On request: Without damping, increased end postition damping, special force curves, special lengths, alternative end fittings. Gas Springs and accessories: material 1.4404/1.4571 (V4A), AISI 3L/3Ti.

End Fitting Industrial Gas Springs GS-15-VA (Push Type) Extension Forces 40 to 400 (when Piston Rod Compressed up to 490 ) Standard Dimensions End Fitting B5 M5x0, Stud Thread B5 A5-VA C5-VA D5-VA 14 E-VA Kugel Radius R5 R5 Ø13 Ø 24 Ø 5 36 Ø 5 5 5 6,1 6 Ø 4,5 Ø 6 7 L+/- L +/- 2 2 mm mm ausgefahren extended Ø 9 22 M5x0, Ø13 Dimensions Type Stroke mm Ø 15 L extended GS-15--VA 74 GS-15-40-VA 40 114 GS-15-50-VA 50 134 GS-15-60-VA 60 154 GS-15-0-VA 0 194 GS-15-0-VA 0 234 GS-15-1-VA 1 274 GS-15-150-VA 150 334 Ordering Example Type (Push Type) Body Ø (15 mm) Stroke (150 mm) Piston Rod End Fitting A5-VA Body End Fitting C5-VA ominal Force F1 150 Indicated by K.-o. on delivery The end fittings are interchangeable. Strokes also available up to 300 mm. GS-15-150-AC-150-VA 7 6 breit thick 22 Eye A5-VA Angle Ball Joint C5-VA (Max. permitted force 430 ) Clevis Fork D5-VA Swivel Eye E5-VA G5-VA 27 Ø13 Ø 27 Ball Socket G5-VA 4,5 Ø W5-15-VA Rod Shroud 22 Ø 19 L L = = + + 7 22 Adjuster Knob U5 See page 1. GS-15-VA Technical Data Mounting: In any position Advice: We recommend mounting with piston rod downwards to take advantage of the built-in end position damping. End position damping length: Approx. mm (depending on the stroke). Progression: approx. 34%, F2 max. 490 Available force range F1 at C: 40 to 400 Material: Piston rod, body and end fittings: material 1.4301/1.4305. On request: Without damping, increased end position damping, special force curves, special lengths, alternative end fittings. Gas springs and accessories: material 1.4404/1.4571 (V4A). 135 Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 135

End Fitting Industrial Gas Springs GS-19-VA (Push Type) Extension Forces 50 to 700 (when Piston Rod Compressed up to 9 ) Standard Dimensions End Fitting B Mx1,25 Stud Thread B A-VA C-VA D-VA 22 Kugel Radius R7 R7 Ø Ø 13,5 36 Ø 6,1 Ø L+/- L +/- 22 mm ausgefahren extended Ø14 11,5 19 15 30 Mx1,25 Dimensions Type Stroke mm Ø 19 L extended GS-19-50-VA 50 4 GS-19-0-VA 0 264 GS-19-150-VA 150 364 GS-19-0-VA 0 464 GS-19-250-VA 250 564 GS-19-300-VA 300 664 Ordering Example Type (Push Type) Body Ø (19 mm) Stroke (150 mm) Piston Rod End Fitting A-VA Body End Fitting C-VA ominal Force F1 600 Indicated by K.-o. on delivery GS-19-150-AC-600-VA breit thick 19 30 Eye A-VA Angle Ball Joint C-VA (Max. permitted force 1140 ) Clevis Fork D-VA E-VA 24 Ø 32 Ø 6 Ø The end fittings are interchangeable. Strokes also available up to 500 mm. 32 Swivel Eye E-VA G-VA 13 36 Ø Ø13 36 Ball Socket G-VA 6 Ø 13 W-19-VA Rod Shroud 30 15 Ø 23 L = + + 30 30 30 Adjuster Knob U See page 1. 136 GS-19-VA Technical Data Mounting: In any position Advice: We recommend mounting with piston rod downwards to take advantage of the built-in end position damping. End position damping length: Approx. mm (depending on the stroke). Progression: Approx. 33%, F2 max. 9 Available force range F1 at C: 50 to 700 Material: Piston rod, body and end fittings: material 1.4301/1.4305. On request: Without damping, increased end position damping, lockable rod shroud, special force curves, special lengths, alternative end fittings. Gas springs and accessories: material 1.4404/ 1.4571 (V4A). 136 Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com

End Fitting Industrial Gas Springs GS-22-VA (Push Type) Extension Forces 0 to 10 (when Piston Rod Compressed up to 1560 ) Standard Dimensions End Fitting B Mx1,25 Stud Thread B A-VA C-VA D-VA Radius Kugel R7 R7 Ø Ø 13,5 36 Ø 6,1 Ø L+/- L +/- 2 mm 2 mm ausgefahren extended Ø14 11,5 19 15 30 Mx1,25 Dimensions Type Stroke mm Ø 23 L extended GS-22-50-VA 50 4 GS-22-0-VA 0 264 GS-22-150-VA 150 364 GS-22-0-VA 0 464 GS-22-250-VA 250 564 GS-22-300-VA 300 664 GS-22-350-VA 350 764 GS-22-400-VA 400 64 GS-22-450-VA 450 964 GS-22-500-VA 500 1 064 GS-22-550-VA 550 1 4 GS-22-600-VA 600 1 264 GS-22-650-VA 650 1 364 GS-22-700-VA 700 1 464 breit thick 19 30 Eye A-VA Angle Ball Joint C-VA (Max. permitted force 1140 ) Clevis Fork D-VA 22 E-VA 24 Ø 13 G-VA 32 Ø Ø 6 36 Ø Ø13 Ordering Example Type (Push Type) Body Ø (23 mm) Stroke (150 mm) Piston Rod End Fitting A-VA Body End Fitting E-VA ominal Force F1 00 Indicated by K.-o. on delivery The end fittings are interchangeable. GS-22-150-AE-00-VA 32 36 Swivel Eye E-VA Ball Socket G-VA 6 Ø 13 W-22-VA Rod Shroud 30 15 Ø 2 L = L = + 30 GS-22-VA Technical Data 30 Adjuster Knob U See page 1. Mounting: In any position Advice: We recommend mounting with piston rod downwards to take advantage of the built-in end position damping. End position damping length: Approx. mm (depending on the stroke). Progression: Approx. 32%, F2 max. 1560 Available force range F1 at C: 0 to 10 Material: Piston rod, body and end fittings: material 1.4301/1.4305. On request: Without damping, increased end position damping, lockable rod shroud, special force curves, special lengths, alternative end fittings. Gas springs and accessories: material 1.4404/ 1.4571 (V4A). 137 Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 137

End Fitting B Mx1,5 Industrial Gas Springs GS-2-VA (Push Type) Extension Forces 150 to 2500 (when Piston Rod Compressed up to 300 ) Standard Dimensions EW End Fitting Stud Thread B A-VA C-VA 14 14 Ø24 Ø D-VA 26,5 E-VA Kugel Radius R9 R9 24 Ø 36 Ø 9 40 Ø 15 7 43,1 Ø 14 L+/- L +/- 22 mm mm ausgefahren extended Ø1 15 15 27 1 35 Mx1,5 1 Ø19 Dimensions Type Stroke mm Ø 2 L extended GS-2-0-VA 0 262 GS-2-150-VA 150 362 GS-2-0-VA 0 462 GS-2-250-VA 250 562 GS-2-300-VA 300 662 GS-2-350-VA 350 762 GS-2-400-VA 400 62 GS-2-450-VA 450 962 GS-2-500-VA 500 1 062 GS-2-550-VA 550 1 2 GS-2-600-VA 600 1 262 GS-2-650-VA 650 1 362 Ordering Example Type (Push Type) Body Ø (2 mm) Stroke (150 mm) Piston Rod End Fitting E-VA Body End Fitting E-VA ominal Force F1 10 Indicated by K.-o. on delivery The end fittings are interchangeable. Strokes also available up to 750 mm. GS-2-150-EE-10-VA thick breit 27 35 40 43 Eye A-VA Angle Ball Joint C-VA (Max. permitted force 1750 ) Clevis Fork D-VA Swivel Eye E-VA W-2-VA Rod Shroud Ø 32 Adjuster Knob U-VA See page 1. L L = + + 40 40 13 GS-2-VA Technical Data Mounting: In any position Advice: We recommend mounting with piston rod downwards to take advantage of the built-in end position damping. End position damping length: Approx. mm (depending on the stroke). Progression: Approx. 52%, F2 max. 300 Available force range F1 at C: 150 to 2500 Material: Piston rod, body and end fittings: material 1.4301/1.4305. On request: Without damping, increased end position damping, special force curves, special lengths, alternative end fittings. Gas Springs and accessories: material 1.4404/1.4571 (V4A). 13 Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com

End Fitting B14 M14x1,5 Large Industrial Gas Springs GS-40-VA (Push Type) Extension Forces 500 to 5000 (when Piston Rod Compressed up to 7000 ) Standard Dimensions EW End Fitting Stud Thread B14 A14-VA C14-VA Ø30 Ø 22 2 D14-VA 35 E14-VA Kugel Radius R,5 R,5 30 27 Ø14 36 Ø 14 14,1 19,5 1 42 14 27 56 Ø 13 Ø 15 L+/- L +/- 2 2 mm mm ausgefahren extended Ø25 25 45 M14x1,5 Ø26 Dimensions Type Stroke mm Ø 40 L extended GS-40-0-VA 0 317 GS-40-150-VA 150 417 GS-40-0-VA 0 517 GS-40-300-VA 300 717 GS-40-400-VA 400 917 GS-40-500-VA 500 1 117 GS-40-600-VA 600 1 317 Ordering Example Type (Push Type) Body Ø (40 mm) Stroke (150 mm) Piston Rod End Fitting D14-VA Body End Fitting D14-VA ominal Force F1 3500 Indicated by K.-o. on delivery The end fittings are interchangeable. Strokes also available up to 00 mm. GS-40-150-DD-3500-VA 15 14 thick breit 42 45 56 Eye A14-VA Angle Ball Joint C14-VA (Max. permitted force 30 ) Clevis Fork D14-VA Swivel Eye E14-VA 19 1 1 57 30 57 Adjuster Knob U14-VA See page 1. W14-40-VA Rod Shroud Ø 45 15 L L = = + 40 40 GS-40-VA Technical Data Mounting: In any position Advice: We recommend mounting with piston rod downwards to take advantage of the built-in end position damping. End position damping length: Approx. 30 to 70 mm (depending on the stroke). Progression: Approx. 40%, F2 max. 7000 Available force range F1 at C: 500 to 5000 Material: Piston rod, body and end fittings: material 1.4301/1.4305. On request: Without damping, increased end position damping, special force curves, special lengths, alternative end fittings. Gas Springs and accessories: material 1.4404/1.4571 (V4A). 139 Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 139

Gas Spring and Hydraulic Damper Accessories End Fittings and Mounting Brackets Just drill 4 holes ACE does all the rest! By taking advantage of the very extensive range of ACE end fittings and mounting brackets you can easily and simply install our gas springs and hydraulic dampers. You profit from the variety of DI Standard end fittings such as swivel eyes, clevis forks, angle ball joints, inline ball joints, and complementary ball sockets. ACE also offers eye fittings made of wear resistant steel to meet the higher specification requirements found in industrial applications. With over 30 different types available these newly developed mounting accessories provide an extensive range of cominations for optimum installations. With the ACE Selection Programme you can choose not only your gas springs but also the ideal end fittings and mounting brackets for your individual application example. The complete range of accessories are also available as individual components. Interchangeable Combinable 140 The wide range of mounting brackets available 140

Mounting Accessories for Gas Springs and Dampers Accessories M3.5x0.6 GS-, GS-, GS-, HB- A3.5 Eye 4 thick breit 4,1 Ø M3,5 6 4 C3.5 Angle Ball Joint DI 7102 Ø13 Ø,5 36 6 1 M4x0,7 M3,5 D3,5 Clevis Fork DI 71752 Ø 4 4 5 M3,5 E3,5 Swivel Eye DI 64 7 7 24 Ø 4 7,3 Ø 7, 5,3 5 M3,5 G3,5 Ball Socket DI 7105 4 Ø Ø 13 1 Ø 6 M3,5 1 max. force 225 1 max. force 225 1 max. force 225 1 max. force 225 1 max. force 225 1 max. force 10 A3.5 G3.5 1 max. force 10 OA3.5 OG3.5 1,5 Ø 19 Ø3,3 3 4 3,5 4,5 Ø 4 0,5 5,5 4,5 4,5,5 Ø Ø Ø4,3 5 1 5 13 5 1 Ø 4 2 1,5 4,5 4,5 Ø 5,5 14 Accessories M5x0. GS-15, HB-15 A5 Eye 6 thick breit 6,1 Ø M5 5 1 max. force 00 C5 Angle Ball Joint DI 7102 Ø13 Ø 36 22 M5 1 max. force 500 M5 D5 Clevis Fork DI 71752 Ø 5 5 6 1 max. force 00 M5 E5 Swivel Eye DI 64 6 24 Ø 6 Ø 4,5 30 1 max. force 00 Ø13 M5 F5 Inline Ball Joint M5 AF13 SW13 45 Ø 2 1 max. force 500 Attention! Must only be used with compression loads. M5 G5 Ball Socket DI 7105 1 max. force 500 1 MA5 max. force 500 A5 G5 4,5 Ø Ø13 22 Ø 1 max. force 500 M5 1 Attention! Max. static load in ewtons. Beware force increase during compression (progression) and observe max. force limit. 6,5 9 Ø 6,4 Ø14 2,5 Ø6 4 1 9,5 2 1 max. force 10 OA5 OG5 Ø Ø4,3 5 1 5 13 5 2,5 13 36 51 1 1,5 6 6,5 Ø 6 2,5 5,5 Ø 14 34 40 Ø5,5 5 1,3 6 7 Ø 6 1 max. force 500 PA5 Ø 5,2 44 41 55 Ø14 14 7 Ø 6 2,5 2 5 13 PG5 21 Ø Ø 141 Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 141

Mounting Accessories for Gas Springs and Dampers Accessories Mx1.25 GS-19, GS-22, GZ-19, HB-22, HB-2, HBS-2, DVC-32 A Eye thick breit,1 Ø14 M 14 6 1 max. force 3 000 C Angle Ball Joint DI 7102 Ø Ø 13,5 36 30 M 15 1 max. force 1 0 M D Clevis Fork DI 71752 Ø 32 1 max. force 3 000 M E Swivel Eye DI 64 24 Ø 13 Ø 6 36 1 max. force 3 000 Ø M F Inline Ball Joint M AF15 SW15 45 Ø 22 31 1 max. force 1 0 Attention! Must only be used with compression loads. M G Ball Socket DI 7105 Ø Ø13 M 6 13 15 Ø 30 1 max. force 10 1 max. force 1 00 1 MA ME max. force 1 0 A E 13 7 11 7,5 9 13 Ø 6,4 Ø Ø 2,5 5,5 Ø 4 Ø Ø Ø 1,3 36 51 9,5 1 34 2 40 5 G 14,5 5 Ø13 1 max. force 1 0 OA OE OG 1 max. force 1 0 PA PE PG Ø Ø5,5 7 55 30 23 7 2 Ø 2,5 3 11 Ø 5 3,5 Ø 13 17,5 Ø 5,1 44 41 55 Ø 2,5 Ø 15 11 2 Ø 5 15,5 9 22,5 Ø13 Accessories Mx1.5 GS-2, GZ-2, HBS-35 A Eye breit thick,1 Ø1 M 17 15 9 25 1 max. force 000 C Angle Ball Joint DI 7102 Ø24 Ø 36 1 35 M 1 max. force 1 00 M D Clevis Fork DI 71752 Ø 40 1 max. force 000 M E Swivel Eye DI 64 9 14 24 Ø Ø 15 7 43 1 max. force 000 1 Ø19 M F Inline Ball Joint M 25 45 AF17 SW17 43 1 max. force 1 00 AF17 SW17 19 Attention! Must only be used with compression loads. M 142 1 max. force 1 00 MA ME 2,5 13 36 51 9 Ø 6,4 9,5 13 Ø 1 4 9 Ø 1 max. force 1 0 OE 1 max. force 1 0 PE Ø Ø5,5 7 55 30 23 7 2 3 9 Ø 4 Ø 5,5 44 41 55 15 2 Ø Ø 9 4 1 Attention! Max. static load in ewtons. Beware force increase during compression (progression) and observe max. force limit. 142 Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com

Mounting Accessories for Gas Springs and Dampers Accessories M14x1.5 GS-40, HB-40 A14 Eye 14 breit thick 14,1 Ø25 M14x1,5 21 1 40 1 max. force 000 C14 Angle Ball Joint DI 7102 Ø 30 Ø 22 2 36 25 45 M14x1,5 1 max. force 3 0 M14x1,5 D14 Clevis Fork DI 71752 Ø14 27 14 27 56 1 max. force 000 M14x1,5 E14 Swivel Eye DI 64 19 1 30 Ø14 1 Ø 13 57 1 max. force 000 30 Ø 26 M14x1,5 F14 Inline Ball Joint M14x1,5 30 40 AF24 SW24 56 1 max. force 3 0 AF22 SW22 1 Attention! Must only be used with compression loads. M14x1,5 ME14 1 max. force 000 D14 1 max. force 000 26 46 60 2 6 Ø14 40 Mx1,25 36 50 6 Ø14 14 Mx1,25 1 Attention! Max. static load in ewtons. Beware force increase during compression (progression) and observe max. force limit. Accessories M24x2 GS-70, HB-70, HBS-70 D24 Clevis Fork DI 71752 1 max. force 50 000 E24 Swivel Eye DI 64 1 max. force 50 000 Ø25 30 Ø 25 Ø 34 22 Ø 42 50 25 M24x2 31 M24x2 50 32 0 30 30 94 40 ME24 1 max. force 50 000 D24 1 max. force 50 000 40 70 90 45 Ø25 32 33 Mx1,75 60 1 Attention! Max. static load in ewtons. Beware force increase during compression (progression) and observe max. force limit. 56 0 40 Ø 25 24 Mx1,75 143 Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 143

Industrial Gas Springs Application Examples ACE industrial gas springs make opening and closing doors of rescue helicopters easier. The maintenance-free, sealed systems are installed in the access doors of helicopters of the type EC 135. There, they allow the crew to enter or exit the helicopter quickly, thus contributing to enhanced safety. The GS-19-300-CC gas springs provide a defined retraction speed and secure engagement of the door lock. The integrated end position damper allows gentle closing of the door and saves wear and tear on the valuable, lightweight material. Doors open and close safely Industrial gas springs: For safety entry and exit 144 Protection under the hood ACE industrial gas springs prevent injuries during maintenance work on harvesting machines. The blades of corn pickers are arranged under plastic hoods, which assure proper material flow within the machine. For maintenance purposes, the hoods, weighing about 7 kg, must be lifted up. To protect maintenance personnel from injury by falling hoods, they are kept in the open position by industrial gas springs of the type GS-22-250-DD. Another advantage they offer is their stability under rough operating conditions due to their ceramic hardness structure on the piston rod and the powder-coated housing. Enhanced protection: Industrial gas springs secure heavy hoods 144 Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com

otes Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 145

otes 146 Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com

This Service is Free of Charge FAX REQUEST Company ame Department/Position Street/PO Box Postcode/City Country Telephone/Fax E-Mail Internet YES! We are interested in: further copy of the new ACE Catalogue. Latest CAD-library and selection programme online the new ACE CAD-Library with selection programme on CD-Rom. 2D- and 3D-version (standard formats). Training at our site. Technical assistance at our site. Update for your earlier version via internet! www.acecontrols-int.com Fax to +49-2173-9226-9 Stoßdämpfer GmbH PO Box 15 D-40740 Langenfeld Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 Fax +49-2173-9226-9 E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com 147

Worldwide ARGETIA CAMOZZI EUMATICA S.A. Prof. Dr. Pedro Chutro 304 1437 Buenos Aires, Argentina Tel.: +54-11 491 Fax: +54-11 494191 AUSTRALIA IMI ORGRE LTD. 33 South Corporate Av. Rowville, Victoria 317, Australia Tel.: +61-3 9213 000 Fax: +61-3 9213 09 AUSTRIA ACE STOSSDÄMPFER GMBH Herzogstraße 26-2, 40764 Langenfeld Germany Tel.: +49-2173-9226-70 Fax: +49-2173-9226-29 (Vertriebspartner auf Anfrage) BELGIUM ACE STOSSDÄMPFER GMBH Herzogstraße 26-2, 40764 Langenfeld Germany Tel.: +49-2173-9226-70 Fax: +49-2173-9226-29 (Vertriebspartner auf Anfrage) BRAZIL OBR EQUIPAMETOS IDUSTRIAIS LTDA. Rua Piratuba, 1573, Bom Retiro Joinville-SC (South Brazil) CEP 9.222-365, Brazil Tel.: +55-000 704 369 / 47 3435 44 64 Fax: +55-47 3425 90 30 CAADA COWPER LTD. 677 7th Avenue, Lachine, Quebec HS 3A1 Tel.: +1-514-637-6746 Fax: +1-514-637-5055 CHILE TAYLOR AUTOMATIZACIO S. A. A.V. Vicuna Mackenna, # 159 Santiago Chile Tel.: +56-25 55 15 Fax: +56-25 44 19 65 CHIA DAYAO TRADIG CO. LTD. o. 9, Lane 111, Xiuyan Rd. anhui District, Shanghai 1315 China Tel.: +6-21-619-501 Fax: +6-21-619-503 IMI ORGRE LTD. 6th Floor, Benson Tower, 74 Hung To Road, Kwun Tong, Kowloon, Hongkong Tel.: +52-24 92 76 0 Fax: +52-24 92 76 7 UIVERSE TECHOLOGY LTD. Flat E, 17/F., Mai On Ind. Bldg. 17 Kukng Yip St., Kwi Chung, Hongkong Tel.: +52-26 19 00 13 Fax: +52-26 19 02 73 CROATIA AD BOSIA BIBUS ZAGREB D.O.O. Anina 91, 000 Zagreb, Croatia Tel.: +35-1 31 006 Fax: +35-1 31 005 CZECH REPUBLIC BIBUS S.R.O. Videnska 5, 639 27 Brno, Czech Republic Tel.: +4-547 5 300 Fax: +4-547 5 3 DEMARK AV PEUMATIK A-S Dalager 1, 2605 Broendby, Denmark Tel.: +45-70 04 11 Fax: +45-43 24 55 00 FILAD ESTEPAIE OY Makituvantie 11, 015 Vantaa, Finland Tel.: +35-765 5 Fax: +35-765 7666 FRACE BIBUS FRACE ZI du Chapotin, 69970 Chaponnay, France Tel.: +33-4 7 96 0 00 Fax: +33-4 7 96 0 01 GREAT BRITAI ACE COTROLS ITERATIOAL Belvedere Road, ewton-le-willows Merseyside, WA 0JJ, U.K. Tel.: +44-19 25 22 71 71 Fax: +44-19 25 22 93 23 GREECE PEUMATEC IDUSTRIAL AUTOMATIO SYSTEMS 91 Spirou Patsi Street, Athens 1155, Greece Tel.: +302-1 0341 / 3413930 Fax: +302-1 03413930 HUGARY BIBUS KFT. 13 Budapest, Ujhegyi ut 2, Hungary Tel.: +36-65 27 33 Fax: +36-64 9 00 IDIA MACO CORPORATIO (IDIA) PVT. LTD. 2/5 Sarat Bose Road, Sukh Sagar 7th Floor, 7A, Kolkata - 7000, Calcutta, India Tel.: +91-33 24 75 3 71 / 5 00 / 24 54 32 1 Fax: +91-33 24 54 32 69 3D EQUIPMET 319 Maheswari Chambers, 6-3-650 Somajiguda Hyderabad 500 02, India Tel.: +91-40 6666 9 Fax: +91-40 6662 727 IRELAD IRISH PEUMATIC SERVICES LTD. Unit 14, City West Business Campus Saggart, Co. Dublin, Ireland Tel.: +353-14 66 02 00 Fax: +353-14 66 01 5 ISRAEL ILA & GAVISH AUTOMATIO SERVICE LTD. 24, Shenkar Street, Qiryat-arie 49513 PO Box 11, Petha-Tiqva 49001, Israel Tel.: +972-39 22 1 24 Fax: +972-39 24 07 61 ITALY R.T.I. S.R.L. Via Chambery 93/7V, 142 Torino, Italy Tel.: +39-011-70 00 53 / 70 02 32 Fax: +39-011-70 01 41 JAPA ACE COTROLS JAPA L.L.C. Room 31 Tanaka Bldg., 2-9-6 Kanda-Tacho Chiyoda-Ku, Tokyo 1-0046, Japan Tel.: +1-3 52 97 25 Fax: +1-3 52 97 25 17 KOREA SEOWO CORPORATIO 01 Ilsan Technotown, 1141-1 Beksuk-Dong Ilsandong-Gu, Goyang City Gyunggi-Do, 4-722, South Korea Tel.: +2-31 906 10 Fax: +2-31 906 11 LUXEMBOURG ACE STOSSDÄMPFER GMBH Herzogstraße 26-2, 40764 Langenfeld Germany Tel.: +49-2173-9226-70 Fax: +49-2173-9226-29 (Vertriebspartner auf Anfrage) MALAYSIA HOERBIGER-ORIGA SD BHD &, Lorong IKS Juru 3 Juru, 140 Simpang Ampat Penang, Malaysia Tel.: +60-(0)4 50 11 Fax: +60-(0)4 50 22 MEXICO KOPAR S.A. DE C.V. Tomas Alva Edison 31 Fraccionamiento Industrial Monterrey,.L. 64299 Mexico Tel.: +52-1 57-5000 Fax: +52-1 331-4031 ETHERLADS ACE STOSSDÄMPFER GMBH Herzogstraße 26-2, 40764 Langenfeld Germany Tel.: +49-2173-9226-70 Fax: +49-2173-9226-29 (Vertriebspartner auf Anfrage) EW ZEALAD IMI ORGRE (.Z.) LTD. 3-5 Walls Road, PO Box -93, Penrose Auckland, ew Zealand Tel.: +64-95 79 01 9 Fax: +64-95 26 33 99 ORWAY OILTECH AS. Dynamitveien 23, Postboks 133 1401 Ski, orway Tel.: +47-64 91 11 0 Fax: +47-64 91 11 1 HYDET AB Turebergsvagen 5, 191 47 Sollentuna Sweden Tel.: +46-59 470 470 Fax: +46-59 470 479 PAKISTA J.J. HYDRAULICS & PEUMATICS Hotel Metropole Bldg. Room 7, 1st Floor Club Road, Karachi, Pakistan 755 Tel.: +92-2 15 66 63 Fax: +92-2 15 66 65 POLAD BIBUS MEOS SP.Z.O.O. ul. Tadeusza Wendy 7/9, 1-341 Gdynia Poland Tel.: +4-5 6 60 95 70 Fax: +4-5 6 61 71 32 PORTUGAL AIRCOTROL S.A. Paseo Sarroeta 4, 014 San Sebastian Spain Tel.: +34-943 44 50 0 Fax: +34-943 44 51 53 PUERTO RICO P & C COMPAY PO Box 1, Canovanas Puerto Rico 00729 Tel.: +177-7 6 50 33 Fax: +177-7 50 6 ROMAIA BIBUS SES S.R.L. Pestalozzi 22, 300155 Timisoara Romania Tel.: +40-256 0 500 Fax: +40-256 2 666 RUSSIA BIBUS O.O.O. Izmailovsky prospect 2, letter A 190005 St. Petersburg, Russia Tel.: +7-251 62 71 Fax: +7-251 90 14 Lublinskaya street 42, offi ce 500 937 Moskow, Russia Tel. +7-495 74 43 57 Fax +7-495 74 42 SIGAPORE HOERBIGER-ORIGA PTE. LTD. Block 50 Ang Mo Kio Avenue 5#05-01 TECHplace ll, Singapore 56976 Tel.: +65-64 3 29 59 Fax: +65-64 3 29 79 ORGRE PTE. LTD. Tuas Street, Singapore 63453 Tel.: +65-6 62 1 11 Fax: +65-6 62 19 17 SLOVAKIA BIBUS SK S.R.O. Priemyselna 4, 94901 itra, Slovakia Tel.: +421-37-741-2525 Fax: +421-37-651-6701 SLOVEIA IOTEH D.O.O. Ruska cesta 34, 2345 Bistrica ob Dravi Slovenia Tel.: +36-02 665 1131 Fax: +36-02 665 1 SOUTH AFRICA ISADO PEUMATICS (PTY) LTD. 1, Skietlood Street, Isando ext. 3 PO Box 441, Isando 00, South Africa Tel.: +27-11 974-5176 Fax: +27-11 974-6137 SPAI AIRCOTROL S. A. Paseo Sarroeta 4, 014 San Sebastian Spain Tel.: +34-943 44 50 0 Fax: +34-943 44 51 53 SWEDE HYDET AB Turebergsvagen 5, 191 47 Sollentuna Sweden Tel.: +46-59 470 470 Fax: +46-59 470 479 SWITZERLAD BIBUS AG Allmendstrasse 26, 3 Fehraltorf Switzerland Tel.: +41-44-77 50 11 Fax: +41-44-77 5 51 TAIWA DAYAO TRADIG CO. LTD. 7F, O. 19, Chung-Cheng Road Hsin-Chuang City, 242 Taipei County, Taiwan Tel.: +6-2 22 76 2 00 Fax: +6-2 22 76 75 73 THAILAD B-TAC AUTOMATIO LTD. PART. 115 Soi Sukhumvit 62/1 Sukhumvit RD. Bangjak Bangkok 260 Thailand Tel.: +66-2-332 5555 Fax: +66-2-332 99 TURKEY T.M.G. PEUMATIC & HYDRAULIC LTD. ecatibey Cad o. 44/2 344 Karakoy, Turkey Tel.: +90-21 22 93 2 00 Fax: +90-21 22 49 34 UKRAIE BIBUS CETREERGOMASH UKRAIE TOV Pobeda Mashinobudivnykiv avenue, 136-34 Str., 5A 03115 Chabany, Kyiv, 02 Ukraine Kiev Region Fax: Ukraine +30-44 403-2- E-mail: Tel.: +30-44 centreenergo@ukr.net 545 44 04 Fax: +30-44 545 54 3 USA ACE COTROLS ITERATIOAL IC. PO Box 71, Farmington Michigan 4024, USA (and in all states) Tel.: +1-24-476-0213 Fax: +1-24-476-2470 ACE Stoßdämpfer " " GmbH PO Box 15,, D - 40740 Langenfeld 03115., Herzogstr. -, 26 2, D136-40764. 34 Langenfeld / : Tel. +49-2173-9226-0 +3(044) 403-2-, Fax +49-2173-9226-9 -mail: centreenergo@ukr.net, E-Mail: info@acecontrols-int.com web: www.centrenergomash.com.ua Internet: www.acecontrols-int.com